From 8b49c8e06a183132e284408d979a5b24ba055e0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Mon, 18 Nov 2019 16:39:27 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 13131 ++++++++++++++++++++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 22 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1150 ++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 780 ++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 658 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1450 +++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 22 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 989 ++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 393 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 22 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7752 ++++++++++++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 440 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 193 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1177 ++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 38 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1378 +++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 164 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1593 +++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1718 +++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 22 + locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1727 +++ locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1854 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 13209 +++++++++++++++++++++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 26 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1155 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 785 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 663 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1457 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 993 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 398 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 22 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7795 ++++++++++++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 444 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 197 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1183 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1385 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 169 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1599 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1739 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1732 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1866 +++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 2056 ++-- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 1690 ++- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 9 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 89 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 318 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 71 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 360 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 168 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 121 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 19 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 336 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 88 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 28 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1192 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 121 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 638 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 153 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 33 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 376 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 441 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2164 ++-- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 3485 ++++-- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 9 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 156 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 461 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 149 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 595 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 172 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 166 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 21 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 38 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 125 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 152 +- 81 files changed, 84088 insertions(+), 6303 deletions(-) create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po create mode 100644 locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a44d721cd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,13131 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "" +"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" +" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " +"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" +" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " +"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " +"in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " +"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " +"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " +"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " +"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" +" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" +" bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " +"but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " +"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " +"will be found underneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " +"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " +"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" +" equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" +" |manual04|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" +" on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " +"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " +"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " +"then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " +"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " +"consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " +"click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " +"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " +"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" +" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" +" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" +" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " +"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " +"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " +"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" +" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " +"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " +"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" +" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" +" module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " +"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" +" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" +" account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " +"**Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " +"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " +"and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " +"every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " +"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " +"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " +"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " +"Yodlee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " +"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " +"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" +" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " +"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" +" bank statements to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " +"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" +" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " +"`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" +" it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " +"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " +"method like SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" +" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" +" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " +"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " +"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " +"accounts from another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "ABA/Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "Account Holder Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " +"Holder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "add inherited field tooltip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " +"will be printed or send to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " +"to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " +"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " +"menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " +"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " +"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" +" be converted in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Use in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" +" point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Company related to this journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Short Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Next Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Entry Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " +"entries of this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" +" credit notes made from this journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " +"note entries of this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Default Debit Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Default Credit Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The currency used to enter statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " +"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " +"online (payment token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" +" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " +"this option from the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Profit Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" +" from what the system computes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Loss Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " +"from what the system computes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" +" method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Checks numbering sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Next Check Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" +" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " +"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " +"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "3. Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +msgid "4.1 Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +msgid "4.1.1 Identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +msgid "4.2 Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +msgid "4.3 Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " +"Setting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +msgid "4.4 Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +msgid "1. Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +msgid "1.4 Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid "2. Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `__. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`__ or " +"contact your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " +"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " +"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " +"company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " +"https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "" +"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " +"debug mode enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +msgid "" +"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " +"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" +" above but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +msgid "" +":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +msgid "" +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " +"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +msgid "" +":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " +"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " +"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " +"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " +"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " +"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " +"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" +" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " +"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" +" application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " +"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " +"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " +"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " +"asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " +"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " +"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " +"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " +"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " +"confirming the asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" +" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " +"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " +"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " +"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " +"the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " +"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " +"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" +" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " +"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " +"be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " +"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" +" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " +"been created for this line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " +"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " +"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " +"entries which are already posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." +" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " +"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " +"should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +msgid "" +"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" +" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " +"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " +"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " +"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " +"occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " +"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " +"reversed at that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " +"Progress)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " +"Services --> How to invoices blabla" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " +"account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " +"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " +"generate opening entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " +"category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " +"types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " +"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " +"related to your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " +"you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " +"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" +" entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " +"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" +" for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " +"journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " +"payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " +"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " +"Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " +"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " +"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " +"inventory and subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " +"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " +"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " +"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " +"go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +msgid "" +"tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " +"../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" +" customers* " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Has Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Hide Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " +"only one available which is 'manual'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " +"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" +"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " +"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "" +"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +msgid "How to define a new bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +msgid "Set up cash roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " +"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" +" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " +"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"Cash Rounding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " +"strategies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" +" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " +"define the account in which the rounding will go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " +"highest tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" +" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" +" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." +" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " +"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " +"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " +"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," +" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " +"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " +"posted on the income statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " +"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " +"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" +" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " +"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " +"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " +"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " +"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" +" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" +" might check if the module is correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +msgid "1 year service contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "3 years service contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " +"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" +" revenue type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "Flowers every month" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "1 year product contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +msgid "Sell and invoice products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " +"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " +"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Dr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Cr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +msgid "Accounts receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "24000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +msgid "Deferred revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " +"recognition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "Service revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" +" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " +"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " +"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " +"payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " +"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " +"exactly 100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " +"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " +"any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " +"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " +"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" +" contracts and invoicing plans?*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " +"customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " +"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " +"term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " +"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " +"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" +" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " +"100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "" +"screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" +" this object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " +"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"this journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " +"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" +" is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " +"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " +"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" +" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " +"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " +"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " +"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " +"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " +"Paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " +"and reconcile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " +"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " +"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " +"refund\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " +"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," +" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " +"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " +"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " +"payment refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " +"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Get paid with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " +"your customers with their approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " +"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " +"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a " +"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " +"of your company. This number is provided by your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " +"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " +"Mandates` and create a new mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " +"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " +"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +msgid "You can now validate the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " +"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " +"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " +"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Generate SDD Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" +" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " +"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " +"bank interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " +"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " +"Payment File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " +"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " +"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the " +"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's " +"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date " +"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot " +"be reopened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " +"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " +"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1816abf56 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08bbfde5f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1150 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" +" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " +"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" +" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " +"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " +"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " +"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12fb9d082 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,780 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"`__ button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page `__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" +" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " +"example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " +"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page `__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 +msgid "or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " +"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " +"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " +"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" +" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " +"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71651266b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4dbb6a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1450 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " +"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " +"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " +"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c200b4252 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..994785ebe --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,989 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" +" save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" +" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" +" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " +"Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " +"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "How to import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " +"filter settings' > Save)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " +"you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +msgid "" +"`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " +"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" +" and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " +"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" +" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " +"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " +"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " +"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" +" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " +"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +msgid "" +"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Add link to How to add companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb15096f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +msgid "" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +msgid "" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +msgid "" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +msgid "" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d43ad59f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab5b00b3a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef1058918 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,7752 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " +"orderpoint without removing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Product Unit of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Procurement Group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Minimum Quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," +" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " +"Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Maximum Quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " +"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " +"Max Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Quantity Multiple" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " +"the exact quantity will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " +"to order to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 +msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 +msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " +"given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cbb742f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..751c33981 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4e9e39d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1177 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " +"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" +" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " +"*Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can now define subcontractors contacts. When you purchase or receive " +"products from a contact of type subcontractor, the correct stock moves are " +"created to represent the subcontracting of the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can set the subcontractor as a vendor in case you plan to buy him the " +"subcontracted products via purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create a *Bill of Material* of type *subcontracted*. In " +"this *BoM*, list the components you need to supply to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:37 +msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:39 +msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:45 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:47 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "For the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:76 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:103 +msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " +"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " +"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " +"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " +"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " +"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " +"quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"reach the expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the " +"indirect demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 +msgid "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 +msgid "quantity still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "quantity was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:99 +msgid "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:99 +msgid "its quantity was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:105 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:112 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:119 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f84241a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b8cee520 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,1378 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90970868b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged in, just" +" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" +" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" +" no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebc78d5a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4abaa58fc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1593 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf71609ab --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,1718 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Template download " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..425d94863 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d98d93e04 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,1727 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " +"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " +"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" +" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " +"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " +"automatically deducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" +" income account & customer taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " +"invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " +"order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " +"partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " +"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" +" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " +"the actual delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " +"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " +"invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " +"policy and select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " +"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " +"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" +" if you did a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" +" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " +"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " +"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form `_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " +"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " +"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " +"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " +"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" +" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " +"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " +"selling plan is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " +"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " +"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " +"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " +"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " +"Amazon service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" +" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " +"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " +"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " +"Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" +" synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" +" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" +" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " +"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " +"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "Use deadline in templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " +"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" +" more info about quotation templates `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " +"invoice location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Customer Addresses* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" +" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " +"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " +"from the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " +"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " +":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " +"send by email or print." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " +"the time of both your customers and yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +msgid "Activate online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " +"acquirers of choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " +"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " +"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " +"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " +"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " +"pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" +" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " +"traditional process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a " +"default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "Validate an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" +" instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " +"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" +" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" +" related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" +" suggested products to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " +"any of the little carts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " +"pay to confirm the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" +" order, letting the salesperson see it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " +"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " +"complete quotation in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" +" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" +" the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " +"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "Edit your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " +"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " +"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " +"quotation editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" +" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" +" to each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " +"templates containing those products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " +"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " +"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " +"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" +" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " +"quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " +"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" +" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " +"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" +" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42ba47263 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7774d1a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,13209 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2019 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 +# Matt <matt.fasola@braintec-group.com>, 2019 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 +# Philipp Hug <philipp@hug.cx>, 2019 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2019 +# Jan Meyer, 2019 +# Michael Schütt <michael.schuett.lwl@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Felix Schubert <felix.schubert@go-erp.com>, 2019 +# darenkster <inactive+darenkster@transifex.com>, 2019 +# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Rudolf Schnapka <rs@techno-flex.de>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rudolf Schnapka <rs@techno-flex.de>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Finanzen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "Bank & Kasse" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Bank Datenübertragung" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "" +"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" +" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" +"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " +"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" +" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " +"<InstallCoda_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " +"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " +"in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " +"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " +"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " +"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " +"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" +" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" +" bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " +"but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " +"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " +"will be found underneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " +"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " +"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" +" equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" +" |manual04|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" +" on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " +"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " +"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " +"then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " +"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " +"consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " +"click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " +"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " +"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" +" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" +" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" +" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " +"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " +"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " +"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" +" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " +"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " +"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" +" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" +" module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " +"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" +" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" +" account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " +"**Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " +"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " +"and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " +"every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " +"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " +"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " +"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " +"Yodlee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " +"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " +"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" +" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " +"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" +" bank statements to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " +"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" +" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Sonstiges" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " +"<Reconcile_>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Ausgleich Bankkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" +" it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " +"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " +"method like SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "neues Bankkonto hinzu fügen." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" +" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" +" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " +"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " +"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " +"accounts from another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Typ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." +msgstr "" +"Bankverbindungstyp: Normal oder IBAN. Abgeleitet von der Bankkontonummer." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "ABA/Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "Account Holder Name" +msgstr "Kontoinhaber" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " +"Holder" +msgstr "Inhaber der Bankverbindung, wenn dieser nicht der Kunde ist" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "add inherited field tooltip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " +"will be printed or send to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " +"to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " +"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " +"menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " +"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " +"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" +" be converted in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiv" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." +msgstr "" +"Deaktivieren Sie die Option, um das Journal Tag auszublenden, ohne es zu " +"entfernen." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Use in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Beim Point-of-Sale verwenden" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" +" point of sale." +msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie diese Option, wenn dieses Journal eine Zahlungsmethode " +"definiert hat, die in einem Point-of-Sales verwendet werden kann." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Unternehmen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Company related to this journal" +msgstr "Unternehmen für dieses Journal" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Short Code" +msgstr "Kurzzeichen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." +msgstr "" +"Die Buchungssätze dieses Journals werden unter Verwendung dieses Präfixes " +"benannt." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Next Number" +msgstr "Nächste Nummer zuweisen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." +msgstr "Die nächste Sequenznummer wird für die nächste Rechnung verwendet." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Entry Sequence" +msgstr "Eingabereihenfolge" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " +"entries of this journal." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Feld finden Sie Angaben zum Nummernkreis, der für die Nummerierung" +" der Posten in diesem Journal verwendet wird." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" +msgstr "Fest zugeordnete Gutschrift-Sequenz" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" +" credit notes made from this journal" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie für Rechnungen und Gutschriften aus diesem" +" Journal nicht den gleichen Nummernkreis verwenden wollen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" +msgstr "Gutschriften: Nächste Zahl" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." +msgstr "Die nächste Sequenznummer wird für die nächste Gutschrift verwendet." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" +msgstr "Eingabesequenz Gutschrift" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " +"note entries of this journal." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Feld finden Sie Angaben zum Nummernkreis, der für die Nummerierung" +" der Posten in dieser Gutschrift verwendet wird." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Default Debit Account" +msgstr "Standard Sollkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" +msgstr "Dieses Konto fungiert als Standard Debitorenkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Default Credit Account" +msgstr "Standard-Habenkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" +msgstr "Fungiert als Standardkonto für die Haben-Buchung in diesem Journal" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Währung" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "The currency used to enter statement" +msgstr "Währung bei Erfassung des Kontoauszugs" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "Legt fest, wie Kontoauszüge verarbeitet werden" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "Erstellung von Kontoauszügen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "Für eingehende Zahlungen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " +"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " +"online (payment token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" +" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " +"this option from the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "Für ausgehende Zahlungen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Profit Account" +msgstr "Erlöskonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" +" from what the system computes" +msgstr "" +"Wird verwendet, um einen Gewinn zu buchen, wenn der Saldo einer Kasse vom " +"errechneten bzw. erwarteten abweicht." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Loss Account" +msgstr "Verlustkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " +"from what the system computes" +msgstr "" +"Wird verwendet, um einen Verlust zu buchen, wenn der Saldo einer Kasse vom " +"errechneten bzw. erwarteten abweicht." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "Rechnungszeilen zusammenfassen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "" +"Bei Auswahl versucht das System die Buchungszeilen bei der Erzeugung aus " +"Rechnungen zu gruppieren." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Buche bei Begleichung durch Bank" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" +"Ob die in dieses Journal gebuchten Zahlungen im Entwurf angelegt werden oder" +" nicht, so dass die zugehörigen Journalposten nur bei Bankausgleich gebucht " +"werden." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Alternativbezeichnung für Eingangsrechnungen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "Dies erzeugt Eingangsrechnungen im Entwurf durch Emailversand." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" +msgstr "Scheckdruck-Zahlungsweg ausgewählt" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" +" method." +msgstr "" +"Technische Funktion zur Prüfung, ob Schecks als offizieller Zahlungsweg " +"aktiviert wurden." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Check Sequence" +msgstr "Scheck-Nummernfolge" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Checks numbering sequence." +msgstr "Scheck-Nummernfolge" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Manual Numbering" +msgstr "Manuelle Nummerierungen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Ihre vorab ausgedruckten Schecks nicht " +"nummeriert sind." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Next Check Number" +msgstr "Nächste Schecknummer" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." +msgstr "Laufende Nummer für den nächsten Scheckdruck. " + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" +msgstr "Genehmigter Differenzbetrag" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" +" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " +"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " +"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Feld zeigt die maximal zulässige Differenz zwischen dem Endsaldo und " +"dem errechneten Bargeld beim Schließen einer Sitzung für nicht-PoS-Manager. " +"Wenn dieses Maximum erreicht ist, erhält der Benutzer beim Schließen seiner " +"Sitzung eine Fehlermeldung, die ihn dazu auffordert, seinen Manager zu " +"kontaktieren." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Verwendung" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Kolumbien" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Arbeitsablauf" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "3. Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +msgid "4.1 Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +msgid "4.1.1 Identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +msgid "4.2 Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +msgid "4.3 Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " +"Setting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +msgid "4.4 Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +msgid "1. Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +msgid "1.4 Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid "2. Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Frankreich" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " +"contact your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " +"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sicherheit" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Lagerung" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " +"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Deutschland" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Bilanz" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexiko" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " +"company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " +"https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Abrechnung" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "" +"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " +"debug mode enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +msgid "" +"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " +"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" +" above but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +msgid "" +":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +msgid "" +":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +msgid "" +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " +"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " +":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +msgid "" +":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +msgid "" +":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +msgid "" +"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Niederlande" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spanien" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Schweiz" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkäufe" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Andere" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Finanzberater" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " +"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " +"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " +"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " +"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " +"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " +"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" +" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " +"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" +" application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " +"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " +"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " +"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " +"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " +"asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " +"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " +"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " +"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " +"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " +"confirming the asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" +" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " +"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "Anlagenkategorie" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Anlagenkategorien" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Datum" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Datum Geschäftsausstattung" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "Abschreibungsdaten" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "Abschreibungsbeginn" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" +"Bemerken Sie, dass dies bei Prorata Temporis - Anlagen, nicht die Berechnung" +" der ersten Journalbuchung beeinträchtigt. Es wird nur das Buchungsdatum " +"verändert." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Bruttoerlös" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Bruttowert der Anlage" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Liquidationswert" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "" +"Das ist der geplante Erinnerungswert, der nicht abgeschrieben werden kann." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Berechnungsmethode" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Zeit-Verfahren basiert auf" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "Pro rata temporis" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" +"Signalisiert, dass der Abschreibungsbeginn dieser Anlage vom Zugangsdatum " +"(Kaufdatum) und nicht vom Geschäftsjahresbeginn abgeleitet wird" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Anzahl der Abschreibungen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "" +"Die Anzahl an Abschreibungen, die das Anlagegut über die Nutzungsdauer " +"vollständig abschreibt." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Anzahl der Monate in Perioden" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "" +"Die Zeitspanne, in Monaten, die zwischen zwei Abschreibungen liegen soll." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " +"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " +"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " +"the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " +"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " +"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" +" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " +"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " +"be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " +"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" +" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " +"been created for this line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " +"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " +"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " +"entries which are already posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." +" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " +"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " +"should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Budgetpositionen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +msgid "" +"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" +" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " +"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " +"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " +"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " +"occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " +"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " +"reversed at that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "Kostenstelle" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " +"Progress)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " +"Services --> How to invoices blabla" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Kostenrechnung" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "Marketingabteilung" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "Verwaltung" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "PR" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " +"account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " +"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " +"generate opening entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " +"category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " +"types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Debitoren" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Kreditoren" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Liquide Mittel" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Umlaufvermögen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Anlagevermögen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Vorauszahlungen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Sachanlagen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Langfristige Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Eigenkapital" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Jahresüberschuss/Jahresfehlbetrag" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Sonstige betriebliche Erträge" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Erlöse" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Abschreibungen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Aufwand" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " +"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " +"related to your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " +"you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " +"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" +" entries." +msgstr "" +"Die Kontoart hat Informationscharakter und wird verwendet, um " +"länderspezifsche Berichte zu generieren sowie den Jahresabschluss zu steuern" +" und Eröffnungsbilanzbuchungen zu generieren" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Stichwörter" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "" +"Optionale Schlagworte, die Sie vielleicht für Berichtszwecke hinterlegen " +"möchten." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "Kontowährung" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "Erzwingt diese Währung bei allen Buchungen dieses Kontos." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "Kontentyp" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " +"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" +" for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "" +"Die 'interne Art' wird für Konten mit unterschiedlichen Eigenschaften " +"verwendet: Die Art Umlaufvermögen findet bei Bargeld oder Bankkonten " +"Verwendung, Forderungen/Verbindlichkeiten sind für Kunden/Lieferanten." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Erlaube Abstimmung" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " +"journal items." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie diese Box an, wenn dieses Konto einen Ausgleich von gebuchten " +"Rechnungen & Zahlungen ermöglicht." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Vorgang" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "Online-Wechselkurs" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " +"payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Bankauszüge" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Rechnungen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " +"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Kurzbericht" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Umsätze nach Konten und Perioden" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeit" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Cash-Flow-Bericht" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Umsatzsteuerbericht" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankjournal" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " +"Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " +"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Transkript" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " +"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " +"inventory and subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " +"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " +"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " +"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " +"go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Kontenplan" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "Buchungssätze" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Ausgleich offener Posten" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Soll" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Haben" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Konto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Debitorenkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Bank" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Bankauszug" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Zahlung" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Ausgleich" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "Neue Eingangsrechnung eintragen." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +msgid "" +"tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " +"../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" +" customers* " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "Zahlungen des Lieferant" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "USA - Vereinigte Staaten von Amerika" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Has Invoices" +msgstr "Rechnungen vorhanden" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" +msgstr "Hilfs-Feld zur Bedienungserleichterung" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Hide Payment Method" +msgstr "Zahlungsmethode verbergen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " +"only one available which is 'manual'" +msgstr "" +"Hilfs-Feld zum Verstecken der Zahlweise, wenn das ausgewählte Journal nur " +"eine anbietet, nämlich 'manuell'" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " +"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " +"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " +"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "Partner Bankkonto anzeigen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" +"Technisches Feld um festzulegen ob das Feld `partner_bank_account_id` auf " +"Zahlungsformularen angezeigt werden muss oder nicht" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "Code" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." +msgstr "" +"Hilfs-Feld zur Anpassung der Benutzerschnittstelle an die ausgewählte " +"Zahlweise." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Check Number" +msgstr "Schecknummer" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" +"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " +"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." +msgstr "" +"Das ausgewählte Journal wurde für Scheckdruck konfiguriert. Falls Ihr vorab " +"ausgedruckter Scheck bereits eine laufende Nummer hat, können Sie dies über " +"die Konfiguration Ihres Journals anpassen." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "" +"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +msgid "How to define a new bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Rechnung bei Auftrag" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "Ausgangsrechnungen" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +msgid "Set up cash roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " +"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" +" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " +"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"Cash Rounding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " +"strategies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" +" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " +"define the account in which the rounding will go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " +"highest tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" +" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" +" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." +" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " +"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " +"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " +"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," +" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " +"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " +"posted on the income statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " +"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " +"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" +" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " +"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " +"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " +"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " +"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" +" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" +" might check if the module is correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +msgid "1 year service contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "3 years service contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " +"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" +" revenue type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "Produkt" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +msgstr "Abgrenzungsart" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "Flowers every month" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "1 year product contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +msgid "Sell and invoice products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " +"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " +"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Dr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Cr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +msgid "Accounts receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "24000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +msgid "Deferred revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " +"recognition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "Service revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" +" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " +"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " +"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " +"payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " +"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " +"exactly 100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " +"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " +"any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Fälligkeitsdatum" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " +"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " +"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Verträge" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" +" contracts and invoicing plans?*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " +"customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " +"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " +"term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " +"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " +"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" +" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " +"100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "" +"screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" +" this object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " +"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"this journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " +"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" +" is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " +"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " +"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" +" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " +"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " +"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " +"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " +"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " +"Paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " +"and reconcile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " +"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " +"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " +"refund\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " +"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," +" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " +"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " +"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " +"payment refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Kundeneinzahlungen" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " +"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "Kreditkarten" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Get paid with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " +"your customers with their approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " +"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " +"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a " +"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " +"of your company. This number is provided by your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "Lastschriftmandate" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " +"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " +"Mandates` and create a new mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " +"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " +"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +msgid "You can now validate the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " +"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " +"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " +"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Generate SDD Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" +" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " +"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " +"bank interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " +"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " +"Payment File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " +"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " +"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the " +"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's " +"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date " +"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot " +"be reopened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " +"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " +"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9980b21a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Applications" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21ab4fa1a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "Kundenverwaltung" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Ein neues Angebot erstellen" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Abhängigkeiten" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" +" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " +"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" +" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " +"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " +"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " +"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..029812e46 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,785 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# darenkster <inactive+darenkster@transifex.com>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: darenkster <inactive+darenkster@transifex.com>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Aktualisieren" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" +" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " +"example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " +"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"<duplicate_premise>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 +msgid "or" +msgstr "oder" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com " +"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " +"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " +"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" +" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " +"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc6bd873a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,663 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Diskussion" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "usw." + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b76e6d26b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1457 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2019 +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Produktkatalog" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " +"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " +"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preiskalkulation" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Zahlung" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Wie Sie mit Authorize.Net bezahlt werden" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " +"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivierung" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credentials" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Registrieren" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab0d3295f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Aufwand" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81cc27534 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,993 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "Allgemein" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Authentifizierung" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" +" save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" +" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" +" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " +"Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " +"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "How to import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " +"filter settings' > Save)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " +"you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +msgid "" +"`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " +"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " +"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" +" and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " +"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" +" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " +"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " +"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " +"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" +" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " +"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +msgid "" +"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Add link to How to add companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a141cba14 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +msgid "" +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +msgid "" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +msgid "" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +msgid "" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +msgid "" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e81d7409 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Kundendienst" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09a272c4e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2046f174 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,7795 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2019 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2019 +# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2019 +# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2019 +# Bülent Tiknas <btiknas@googlemail.com>, 2019 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 +# darenkster <inactive+darenkster@transifex.com>, 2019 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Niki Waibel, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Barcodes" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt zwei Ansätze, um Lieferaufträge zu bearbeiten: Sie können entweder " +"auf gedruckten Dokumenten (und Scan der Zeilen auf den Dokumenten) oder auf " +"einem Bildschirm (und Scan der Produkte direkt) arbeiten." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "Nehmen und scannen Sie jedes aufgelistete Produkt." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "In Odoo gibt es zwei Arten von internen Übertragungen:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" +"Diejenigen, die automatisch vom System initiiert werden (z.B. eine " +"Qualitätskontrolle)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" +"Die von einem Arbeiter erzeugten (z. B. durch den internen Transferbereich " +"des Dashboards)." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" +"Dann scannen Sie den Barcode jedes Produkts oder scannen Sie den Barcode des" +" Produkts auf der Kommissionierlinie, wenn der Barcode auf dem Produkt nicht" +" leicht zugänglich oder sichtbar ist, oder fehlt." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Lager & Logistik" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Inventur" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiv" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " +"orderpoint without removing it." +msgstr "" +"Durch Deaktivierung können Sie die Ansicht für den Bestellzeitpunkt " +"ausblenden." + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Product Unit of Measure" +msgstr "Produkteinheit" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." +msgstr "Standardmaßeinheit, die für alle Lagervorgänge verwendet wird." + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Procurement Group" +msgstr "Beschaffungsgruppe" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." +msgstr "" +"Die vom Meldebestand ausgelösten Lieferungen werden in einer Gruppe " +"zusammengefasst. Wenn keine Gruppe angegeben wurde, werden alle Lieferungen " +"in einer einzigen großen Pickliste zusammengefasst." + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Minimum Quantity" +msgstr "Minimalbestand" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," +" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " +"Quantity." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der verfügbare Bestand geringer ist als der hier definierte " +"Mindestbestand, erstellt Odoo einen Beschaffungsvorschlag zur " +"Wiederauffüllung des Lagers." + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Maximum Quantity" +msgstr "Maximale Menge" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " +"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " +"Max Quantity." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der verfügbare Bestand geringer ist als der hier definierte " +"Mindestbestand, erstellt Odoo einen Beschaffungsvorschlag zur " +"Wiederauffüllung des Lagers." + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Quantity Multiple" +msgstr "Vielfaches" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " +"the exact quantity will be used." +msgstr "" +"Die zu beschaffende Menge wird auf dieses Vielfache aufgerundet. Wenn hier 0" +" eingetragen ist, wird die exakte Anzahl verwendet. " + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "Lead Time" +msgstr "Vorlaufzeit" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " +"to order to the vendor" +msgstr "" +"Anzahl der Tage, an denen der Auftragspunkt ausgelöst wird, um die Produkte " +"zu empfangen oder vom Verkäufer zu bestellen" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Lieferaufträge" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Wareneingang" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "Bewegungen" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "Bestandsabgleich" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Sonstige Operationen" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Kalkulationsverfahren" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Standardpreis" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Vorgang" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Kosten pro ME" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "20 USD" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Durchschnittspreis" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Soll" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Haben" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "Vorgänge" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "Picken" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "Paket" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Versand" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "Analyse der Plandaten" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "Meldebestandsregeln" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "Routen" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "Produktkategorie" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "Lieferung:" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "Auftragspositionen" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push Regeln" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "Liefervorgang" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "Beschaffungsauftrag" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 +msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 +msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "Verwalten von Produktherstellungsketten" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "Verwalte standard Lagerplätze je Produkt" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" +"Unterstützen Sie die Vermietungsverwaltung, indem Sie automatisierte " +"Rücklaufbewegungen für gemietete Produkte generieren" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "Eiscreme" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produkte" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "Beschaffung" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Verpackungen" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Verpackung" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Lieferung" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " +"given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec433f47c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Einrichten" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13b112862 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live-Chat" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed3c3252a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fertigung" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " +"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" +" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " +"*Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can now define subcontractors contacts. When you purchase or receive " +"products from a contact of type subcontractor, the correct stock moves are " +"created to represent the subcontracting of the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can set the subcontractor as a vendor in case you plan to buy him the " +"subcontracted products via purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create a *Bill of Material* of type *subcontracted*. In " +"this *BoM*, list the components you need to supply to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:37 +msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:39 +msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:45 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:47 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "For the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:76 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:103 +msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " +"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " +"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " +"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Demontageauftrag" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " +"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " +"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " +"quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"reach the expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the " +"indirect demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 +msgid "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 +msgid "quantity still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "quantity was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:99 +msgid "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:99 +msgid "its quantity was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:105 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:112 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:119 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Reparaturauftrag anlegen" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3dc66f65f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobil" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Mitteilungen" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6df32c4e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,1385 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Point of Sale" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Barcode Nomenklatur" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a0ad24f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" +" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "Angebote" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "Verkaufsaufträge" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Rechnungen" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "Veranstaltungs-Ticket" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Abonnements" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" +" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" +" no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..163833110 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb7ae0782 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1599 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projekt" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "E-Mail Vorlage" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Transkript" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "Abonnenten" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..895fca7e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,1739 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Stammdaten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Template download " +"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Rechnungsprüfung" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Bon" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Wareneingang" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Lieferant" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" +"Sie finden einen Anbieter anhand seines Namens, seiner TIN, seiner E-Mail-" +"Adresse oder seiner internen Referenz." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "Lieferantenreferenz" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" +"Referenz zum Verkaufsauftrag oder zum Angebot eines Lieferanten. Diese wird " +"beim Lieferempfang zur Zuordnung genutzt, da sie normalerweise auch als " +"Referenz auf dem Lieferschein Ihres Lieferanten angegeben ist." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "Bestelldatum" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Bestimmt das Datum, indem eine Angebotsanfrage bestätigt und in eine " +"Bestellung gewandelt werden sollte." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "Referenzbeleg" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" +"Referenz zum Dokument, welches diesen Bestellauftrag erzeugt hat (z. B. ein " +"Verkaufsauftrag)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "Ausliefern an" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "Dies bestimmt den Vorgangstyp einer eingehenden Lieferung." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Streckengeschäft-Anschrift" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" +"Weisen Sie eine Anschrift zu, wenn Sie direkt vom Lieferanten an den Kunden " +"liefern möchten. Ansonsten lassen Sie das Feld leer, um zunächst selbst " +"beliefert zu werden." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "Lieferzielort Typ" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Technisches Feld zur Anzeige der Streckengeschäft Postanschrift" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "Lieferbedingung" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" +"International Lieferbedingungen sind vordefinierte Konditionen und " +"Bedingungen, die zumeist im internationalen Handel eingesetzt werden." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Produktzugänge" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Kaufverträge" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Auslieferungszeit" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09256e9ec --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "Personalbeschaffung" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9137b5ff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,1732 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkäufe" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " +"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " +"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" +" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " +"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " +"automatically deducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" +" income account & customer taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " +"invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " +"order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " +"partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " +"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" +" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " +"the actual delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " +"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " +"invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " +"policy and select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " +"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " +"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" +" if you did a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" +" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " +"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " +"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "Steuern festlegen" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form <setup.html" +"#developer-form>`_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " +"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " +"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " +"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " +"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" +" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " +"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " +"selling plan is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " +"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " +"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " +"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " +"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " +"Amazon service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" +" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " +"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " +"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " +"Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" +" synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" +" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" +" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " +"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " +"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "Use deadline in templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " +"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" +" more info about quotation templates `here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" +"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " +"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " +"invoice location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Customer Addresses* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" +" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " +"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " +"from the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " +"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " +":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " +"send by email or print." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " +"the time of both your customers and yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +msgid "Activate online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " +"acquirers of choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " +"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " +"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " +"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " +"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " +"pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "Eine Zahlung registrieren" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" +" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " +"traditional process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" +"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " +"default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "Validate an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" +" instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " +"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" +" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" +" related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" +" suggested products to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " +"any of the little carts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " +"pay to confirm the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" +" order, letting the salesperson see it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " +"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " +"complete quotation in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" +" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" +" the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " +"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "Edit your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " +"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " +"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " +"quotation editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" +" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" +" to each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " +"templates containing those products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " +"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " +"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " +"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" +" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " +"quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " +"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" +" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " +"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" +" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bc93d45f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1866 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 +# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Ralf Hilgenstock <rh@dialoge.info>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2019 +# Thomas Neu <t.neu@runbox.com>, 2019 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Website" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Schlüsselworter" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook Seite" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Bilder" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Veröffentlichen" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Einfach und naheliegend" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Einfach zu merken und zu buchstabieren" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Je kürzer, desto besser" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Möglichst keine Spezialzeichen" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie nach einer Domain mit .com und/oder Ihrer Landeserweiterung" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Features hinzufügen" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "usw." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produkte" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forenverzeichnis" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Events" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Arbeitsstellen" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Preislisten" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Prozess" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 97a38e67d..8cab012ec 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,45 +4,50 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018 -# zoe <yann.hoareau@migs.re>, 2018 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2018 -# Malo Maisonneuve <malo.maisonneuve@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Pierrick Brun <brun.pierrick@protonmail.com>, 2018 -# ShevAbam, 2018 -# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2018 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018 -# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018 -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2018 -# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Cyrille de Lambert <cdelambert@auguria.net>, 2018 -# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2018 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Satish kumar <Satishafd@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Cyrille de Lambert <cdelambert@auguria.net>, 2019 +# a270031086f2a0d3514bc0cb507b48f6, 2019 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 +# zoe <yann.hoareau@migs.re>, 2019 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2019 +# Malo Maisonneuve <malo.maisonneuve@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Pierrick Brun <brun.pierrick@protonmail.com>, 2019 +# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2019 +# ShevAbam, 2019 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2019 +# Olivier ANDRE <frsw194@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2019 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2019 +# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2019 +# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2019 +# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Valaeys Stéphane <svalaeys@fiefmanage.ch>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2019 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2019 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2019 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Satish kumar <Satishafd@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -50,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité" @@ -105,13 +110,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 @@ -415,7 +420,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" @@ -862,7 +867,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancaires seront synchronisés toutes les 4 heures." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -897,22 +902,15 @@ msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" " status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -"De plus, une transaction peut être visible sur votre compte en banque mais " -"pas récupérée par Yodlee. En effet, cette transaction peut être sous statut " -"\"Attente\" et non sous status \"Lettré\". Dans ce cas, Yodlee ne " -"l'importera pas, vous devrez attendre le changement de statut" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." +" bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -"Il est important de rappeler que Yodlee n'est pas un service de récupération" -" de transaction en temps réel. Il s'agit d'un service facilitant " -"l'importation de relevés bancaire dans la base de données" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" @@ -949,12 +947,8 @@ msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" " may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -"Ceci veux dire que Yodlee n'a pas encore terminé le développement de la " -"synchronisation pour cette banque. La synchronisation peut déjà être " -"fonctionnelle ou elle aura besoin d'un peu plus de temps pour l'être à 100%." -" Malheureusement, il n'y a rien à faire pour le moment sauf être patient!" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" @@ -963,9 +957,8 @@ msgstr "" "pourquoi?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -"Yodlee n'affiche qu'un maximum de 3 mois d'historique de transactions." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 @@ -1101,17 +1094,11 @@ msgstr "Réceptionner des chèques client" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous enregistrez vos chèques reçus, enregistrez-les sur le compte " -"bancaire sur lequel vous prévoyez de les déposer. Une fois que vous " -"sélectionnez le compte bancaire (ou le journal de chèques si est configuré " -"Odoo de cette façon), Odoo vous propose d'utiliser un dépôt par lot. " -"Sélectionnez cette option si vous envisagez de déposer les chèques à votre " -"banque." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." @@ -1144,13 +1131,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." msgstr "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1178,13 +1161,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez un bordereau de dépôt, Odoo remplira automatiquement " -"tous les chèques contenus dans ce dépôt pour la correspondance. (2 chèques " -"étaient dans le bordereau de dépôt de l'exemple ci-dessous)" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 @@ -1207,13 +1187,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -"Après avoir installé la fonctionnalité \"Bordereau de dépôt\", vous devez " -"recharger la page afin que le navigateur soit au courant de cette nouvelle " -"fonctionnalité. Cliquez sur le bouton d'actualisation de votre navigateur." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." @@ -1235,11 +1212,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, cliquez sur la ligne relative à ce chèque pour le retirer du " -"rapprochement du relevé de banque." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" @@ -1272,15 +1247,10 @@ msgstr "Vérifier votre plan comptable et le compte de transfert par défaut" msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les transferts internes, vous devez avoir un compte de transfert " -"dans votre plan comptable. Odoo va automatiquement créer un compte en " -"fonction du pays de votre plan comptable. Pour paramétrer votre plan " -"comptable et vérifier le compte de transfert par défaut, allez dans la " -"comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration -> Settings`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1342,13 +1312,10 @@ msgstr "Enregistrer un transfert interne" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -"La première étape consiste à enregistrer le paiement interne. Pour ce faire," -" allez dans votre tableau de bord de comptabilité. cliquez sur le bouton " -"**Plus** de l'une de vos banques et sélectionnez **Transfert interne**." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1399,17 +1366,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -"C'est parce que vous n'avez pas importé les relevés bancaires confirmant le " -"départ et l'arrivée de l'argent. Il est donc nécessaire d'importer vos " -"relevés bancaires et de rapprocher les paiements avec les lignes de relevés " -"bancaires correspondantes. Une fois que vous recevez vos relevés bancaires " -"cliquez sur le bouton **nouveau relevé** des banques correspondantes pour " -"les importer." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1431,25 +1392,18 @@ msgstr "La fenêtre suivante va s'ouvrir :" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -"Vous devez choisir des contreparties pour le paiement. Sélectionnez la ligne" -" de relevé bancaire correspondant au paiement et cliquez sur le bouton " -"**Rapprocher**. Fermez le relevé pour terminer la transaction." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" -"Les mêmes étapes devront être répétées une fois que vous recevez votre " -"deuxième relevé bancaire. Notez que si vous spécifiez la quantité correcte, " -"et la même note à la fois relevé bancaire et de transaction de paiement, " -"alors le rapprochement se fera automatiquement." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 @@ -1563,12 +1517,12 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Enfin, cliquez sur **Lettrer** pour terminer le processus." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" @@ -1582,70 +1536,56 @@ msgstr "Exemples courants de processus de rapprochement bancaire" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -"Rapprocher vos relevés bancaires avec votre comptabilité peut générer " -"beaucoup de travail. Vous devez trouver les factures et les paiements " -"concernés, et tout ce travail administratif peut demander beaucoup de temps." -" Heureusement, avec Odoo vous pouvez très facilement lier vos factures ou " -"tout autre paiement avec vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Deux méthodes de rapprochement existent dans Odoo." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "Vous pouvez directement enregistrer un paiement sur les factures" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez rapprocher des factures ouvertes avec des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -"Aucune configuration spécifique n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer des " -"factures. Tout ce dont vous avez besoin est d'installer l'application de " -"comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Cas 1 : Enregistrement de paiements" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -"Nous avons reçu la preuve de paiement de notre facture de 2100 euros émise à" -" Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" -"Nous commençons par notre facture émise de 2100 euros pour Smith & Co. Comme" -" le produit vendu est un service nous exigeons un paiement immédiat. Notre " -"comptable ne traite les relevés bancaires qu'à la fin de la semaine, donc " -"nous devons marquer la facture payée afin que nous puissions nous rappeler " -"que nous pouvons démarrer le service avec nos clients." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1653,34 +1593,30 @@ msgstr "" "Notre client nous envoie une confirmation de paiement. Nous pouvons donc " "enregistrer un paiement et marquer la facture payée." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur **Enregistrer le paiement**, nous disons à Odoo que notre " -"client a payé la facture. Il faut donc préciser le montant et le mode de " -"paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "La facture a été payée et **le lettrage a été fait automatiquement.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Cas 2 : rapprochement des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1688,15 +1624,13 @@ msgstr "" "Nous commençons par notre facture émise de 3000 euros pour Smith & Co. " "Supposons aussi que d'autres factures sont ouvertes pour différents clients." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -"Nous recevons notre relevé bancaire et non seulement la facture de Smith & " -"Co a été payée, mais aussi l'une de celles de Buzz, de 92 euros." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1704,11 +1638,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importer** ou **Créer** les relevés bancaires. Référez-vous à la " "documentation de la section Flux bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquezsur **Rapprocher # Elements**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1716,13 +1650,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si tout est correct (nom du partenaire correct, montant correct) Odoo fera " "les rapprochements **automatiquement**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Si certains problèmes sont détectés, vous devrez effectuer des **actions " "manuelles**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1730,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, si le partenaire est absent de votre relevé bancaire, il suffit" " de le remplir :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1738,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si le paiement est effectué avec un acompte, il suffit de vérifier qu'il est" " correct et valider tous les paiements liés :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées dans les" @@ -1820,6 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -1831,28 +1766,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "ABA/routage" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "Numéro d’acheminement American Bankers Association" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Ancien nom du compte" +msgstr "Nom du détenteur du compte si différent du partenaire" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "" "Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " "Holder" msgstr "" -"Compte le nom du titulaire, dans le cas où il est différent du nom du " -"titulaire du compte." +"Nom du détenteur du compte, dans le cas où il est différent du nom du " +"partenaire lié au compte du compte." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Voir les *Comptes bancaires* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À faire" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "add inherited field tooltip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " +"will be printed or send to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " +"to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " @@ -2133,7 +2098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actif" +msgstr "Active" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." @@ -2178,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "Société" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Société associée à ce journal" +msgstr "Société liée à ce journal" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Short Code" @@ -2190,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "Les pièces comptables de ce journal seront nommées avec ce préfixe." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Nombre Suivant" +msgstr "Nombre suivant" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." @@ -2267,7 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "La devise utilisée pour entrer les relevés" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définissez comment les relevés bancaires seront enregistrés" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" @@ -2287,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Pour les Paiements Entrants" +msgstr "Pour les Paiements entrants" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -2301,9 +2266,6 @@ msgid "" "a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " "online (payment token)." msgstr "" -"Électronique : Être payé automatiquement par un acquéreur paiement en " -"demandant une transaction sur une carte enregistrée par le client lors de " -"l’achat ou l’abonnement en ligne (paiement jeton)." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2312,14 +2274,10 @@ msgid "" " are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " "this option from the settings." msgstr "" -"Dépôt de lot : Envelopper plusieurs chèques du client à la fois en générant " -"un dépôt lot de présenter à votre banque.Lors de l’encodage du relevé " -"bancaire de Martine, vous sont suggérés pour concilier la transaction avec " -"le dépôt de lot.Activez cette option dans les paramètres." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Pour les Paiements Sortants" +msgstr "Pour les Paiements sortants" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -2336,8 +2294,6 @@ msgid "" "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." msgstr "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer : Facture salariale depuis un fichier de virement SEPA " -"vous présenter à votre banque.Activez cette option dans les paramètres." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" @@ -2540,8 +2496,6 @@ msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -"Facturation électronique pour la Colombie est disponible auprès de martine " -"12 et nécessite les modules suivant :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2570,22 +2524,16 @@ msgstr "Flux de travail" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -"1. installer les modules de localisation colombien. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans applications et chercher Colombia.Then cliquez sur " -"installer pour les deux premiers modules." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -"2. Configurez les informations d’identification pour le service web Carvajal" -" & taha" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2593,10 +2541,6 @@ msgid "" "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -"Une fois que les modules sont installés, afin de pouvoir vous connecter avec" -" Carvajal T & S Web Service, il est nécessaire de configurer l’utilisateur " -"et les informations d’identification, cette information sera fournie par " -"Carvajal & Taha." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 @@ -2604,8 +2548,6 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -"Aller à : menuselection :' comptabilité--> Configuration--> Settings', puis " -"chercher la * facture électronique colombien * section." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2614,45 +2556,34 @@ msgid "" "integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -"En utilisant le mode de test, qu'il est possible de se connecter avec un " -"environnement de test de Carvajal & Taha.Cela permet aux utilisateurs de " -"tester le flux de travail complet et l’intégration avec le portail CEN " -"Financiero, qui est accessible ici : https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -"Une fois que Martine et Carvajal T & S est entièrement configuré et prêt " -"pour la production de l’environnement de test peut être désactivé." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "3. Configurez vos données de rapport." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de l’information configurable qui est envoyée dans le fichier " -"XML, vous pouvez définir les données de la section financière et " -"l’information de la Banque dans le fichier PDF." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "4. configurer les données requises dans le fichier XML" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "4.1 partenaire" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -"4.1.1 identification \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2660,10 +2591,6 @@ msgid "" "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de la localisation colombienne, les types de document définis " -"par la DIAN sont maintenant disponibles sur le formulaire de " -"partenariat.Partenaires colombiens doivent avoir leur numéro " -"d’identification et jeu de type de document :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2671,15 +2598,10 @@ msgid "" "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -"Lorsque le type de document est RUT les besoins de numéro d’identification à" -" configurer sur Martine, dont le chiffre de vérification, Martine seront " -"partageront ce nombre quand les données au fournisseur tiers sont envoyées." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -"4.1.2 structure fiscale (RUT) \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2687,31 +2609,22 @@ msgid "" "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -"Codes de responsabilité de l’associé (article 53 du document RUT) sont " -"inclus dans le cadre du module facture électronique donné qui fait partie " -"des informations requises par le DIAN." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -"Ces champs se trouvent dans : menuselection : « partenaire--> ventes & achat" -" onglet--> informations fiscales »" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -"En outre deux valeurs booléennes champs ont été ajoutés afin de préciser le " -"régime fiscal de l’associé." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -"4.2 taxes \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2719,10 +2632,6 @@ msgid "" "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -"Si vos transactions de vente comprennent les produits avec les impôts, il " -"est important de considérer qu’un champ supplémentaire * valeur Type * doit " -"être configuré par l’impôt.Cette option se trouve dans l’onglet Options " -"avancées." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -2730,15 +2639,10 @@ msgid "" "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -"Types de taxe de rétention (ICA, IVA, Fuente) sont également inclus dans les" -" options pour configurer vos impôts.Cette configuration est utilisée pour " -"afficher correctement les taxes sur la facture PDF." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "" -"4.3 des revues. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -2748,19 +2652,12 @@ msgid "" "developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -"Une fois le DIAN a attribué l’ordre officiel et préfixe pour le règlement de" -" la facture électronique, les journaux de ventes liées à vos factures " -"doivent être actualisés à Martine.La séquence est accessible en utilisant le" -" mode développeur : : menuselection :' comptabilité--> Paramètres--> " -"paramètre de Configuration--> revues." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -"Une fois que la séquence est ouverte, les champs préfixe et numéro suivant doivent être configurés et synchronisés avec le CEN Financiero. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" @@ -2797,30 +2694,22 @@ msgid "" "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -"Le flux de travail fonctionnelle qui a lieu avant ne change pas une validation de la facture.Les principales modifications qui sont introduites avec la facture électronique sont les champs suivants : \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -"Il existe trois types de documents : \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -"** Electronica Factura ** : c’est le type normal du document et son applicables pour les factures, Notes de crédit et Notes de débit. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -"** Factura de Importación ** : cela doit être sélectionné pour les transactions d’importation. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -2829,25 +2718,16 @@ msgid "" "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -"** Factura de contingencia ** : il s’agit d’un type exceptionnel qui est " -"utilisé comme une sauvegarde manuelle en cas que la société n’est pas en " -"mesure d’utiliser l’ERP et il est nécessaire de générer la facture " -"manuellement, lorsque cette facture est ajoutée à la puissance apparente " -"rayonnée, ce type de facture doit être sélectionnée." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -"1,2 validation de la facture de \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Après validation de la facture est un fichier XML est créé et envoyé automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans le bavardage. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -2855,14 +2735,10 @@ msgid "" "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -"Un champ supplémentaire est maintenant affiché dans l’onglet « Autres infos » avec le nom du fichier XML.En outre, il y a un deuxième champ supplémentaire qui s’affiche avec le statut d’une facture électronique, avec la valeur initiale « en cours » : \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -"1.3 réception juridique XML et PDF \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -2873,13 +2749,6 @@ msgid "" "Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -"Le vendeur facture électronique reçoit le fichier XML et un produit pour " -"valider la structure et l’information dans ce document, si tout est correct " -"que l’État facture devient « Validé » après avoir utilisé le bouton « " -"Vérifier le statut de Carvajal » dans la liste déroulante Action.Ils alors " -"procéder pour générer un XML juridique qui comprend une signature numérique " -"et un code unique (linguistique), une facture PDF qui inclut un QR code et " -"la linguistique est également généré." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" @@ -2922,6 +2791,401 @@ msgid "" "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "France" @@ -3444,6 +3708,172 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexique" @@ -3464,9 +3894,9 @@ msgstr "Le module de localisation mexicain est composé de 3 modules:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 @@ -3597,7 +4027,7 @@ msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -3666,7 +4096,7 @@ msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 @@ -3777,30 +4207,79 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " "following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" @@ -3808,66 +4287,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3877,17 +4356,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3895,11 +4374,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3908,28 +4387,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3937,25 +4416,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3963,24 +4442,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3989,18 +4468,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4010,7 +4489,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4018,41 +4497,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4061,34 +4540,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4098,26 +4577,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4127,17 +4606,17 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4145,72 +4624,72 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4218,43 +4697,43 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 msgid "" ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 msgid "" ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4264,20 +4743,20 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4286,11 +4765,11 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " @@ -4304,7 +4783,7 @@ msgid "" "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4313,7 +4792,7 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4321,13 +4800,13 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -4336,7 +4815,7 @@ msgid "" "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -4977,7 +5456,7 @@ msgstr "Catégorie d'immobilisation" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Date" -msgstr "Date " +msgstr "Date" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Date of asset" @@ -5221,22 +5700,33 @@ msgstr "" "immobilisation, mais il n'enregistrera pas la transaction de vente qui doit " "être enregistrée par le biais d'une facture client." +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "Comment gérer un budget financier ?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -"La gestion des budgets est une partie essentielle de la gestion d'une " -"entreprise. Il vous permet de mesurer votre performance financière réelle " -"par rapport à celle prévue. Odoo gère ses budgets en utilisant à la fois la " -"comptabilité générale et la comptabilité analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5248,7 +5738,7 @@ msgstr "" " et les dépenses de ce projet. Nous prévoyons d'avoir un chiffre d'affaires " "de 1000 et nous ne voulons pas dépenser plus de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -5259,7 +5749,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le module Applications et installez l'application **Comptabilité et " "finance**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -5269,24 +5759,45 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Configuration` et activez" " la fonctionnalité **Gestion de budget**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Postes budgétaires" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -"Les postes budgétaires sont les comptes généraux pour lesquels vous " -"souhaitez gérer les budgets (généralement des comptes de dépenses ou de " -"revenus). Ils doivent être définis de telle sorte qu'Odoo puisse savoir dans" -" quel compte il a besoin d'aller chercher l'information budgétaire. Certains" -" peuvent être déjà installés avec votre plan comptable." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -5294,7 +5805,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour définir les postes entrez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " "Configuration --> Postes budgétaires`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -5303,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" "dépenses de notre projet. Créez un poste et ajoutez des éléments pour " "sélectionner les comptes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -5311,15 +5822,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dans cet exemple, nous sélectionnons les trois comptes pertinents utilisés " "dans lesquels nous comptabiliserons nos dépenses." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Cliquez sur *Selectionner*" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Enregistrez les modifications pour confirmer votre poste budgétaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -5327,11 +5838,11 @@ msgstr "" "Répétez cette étape pour créer un poste budgétaire des recettes. Seulement " "dans ce cas sélectionnez les comptes de revenus appropriées." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5341,11 +5852,11 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Définir un budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -5354,7 +5865,7 @@ msgstr "" "nous nous attendons à gagner 1000 avec ce projet et nous aimerions ne pas " "dépenser plus de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -5363,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez :menuselection:`Conseiller -> Budgets` et créez un nouveau " "budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -5374,7 +5885,7 @@ msgstr "" "applicable. Ensuite, ajoutez un élément pour spécifier vos cibles dans les " "lignes de budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5391,7 +5902,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifier un **montant négatif**. Enfin, sélectionnez le compte analytique " "correspondant." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -5400,15 +5911,15 @@ msgstr "" "poste budgétaire est Revenu et le montant prévu est 1000. Sauvegarder et " "fermer" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Vous devrez confirmer et approuver le budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Vérifier votre budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -5416,7 +5927,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier votre budget à tout moment. Pour voir l'évolution, " "enregistrons quelques factures clients et fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." @@ -5424,21 +5935,21 @@ msgstr "" "si vous utilisez des comptes analytiques rappelez-vous que vous devez " "spécifier le compte sur la ligne de la facture client et/ou fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "pour plus d'informations sur l'enregistrement des factures clients et " "fournisseurs voir :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Revenez à la liste des budgets et trouvez le Projet Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -5448,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr "" "clients et fournisseurs enregistrées dans les comptes et les afficher dans " "la colonne **Montant réel**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -6060,6 +6571,12 @@ msgstr "" "costs\" consultez : *Comment facturer en \"reinvoice costs\"* (travail en " "cours)." +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " +"Services --> How to invoices blabla" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " @@ -6375,9 +6892,9 @@ msgstr "**Compte**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" @@ -6385,9 +6902,9 @@ msgstr "**Débit**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" @@ -7028,6 +7545,63 @@ msgstr "" "Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Plan comptable`, et cliquez " "sur le bouton **Créer**." +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " +"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" +" entries." +msgstr "" +"Le type de compte est utilisé comme indication pour l'utilisateur, ainsi que" +" pour créer des rapports comptables spécifiques à certains pays, et enfin " +"pour gérer les clôtures d'exercices (et établir les écritures " +"correspondantes)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Étiquettes" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "" +"Étiquettes optionnelles que vous pourriez assigner pour des rapports " +"personnalisés" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "Devise du compte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "" +"Oblige toutes les écritures de ce compte à avoir cette devise secondaire." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "Type interne" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " +"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" +" for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "" +"Le \"Type interne\" est utilisé pour des caractéristiques disponibles sur " +"différents types de comptes : le type liquidité est pour l'argent cash ou " +"les comptes banquaires, payabls/recevables par les comptes des " +"vendeurs/clients." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " +"journal items." +msgstr "" +"Cochez cette case si ce compte permet de faire du rapprochement entre " +"factures et paiements." + #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Voir *Créer un compte* dans notre démonstration en ligne" @@ -8047,7 +8621,7 @@ msgstr "Factures" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Factures fournisseur" +msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" @@ -8102,20 +8676,17 @@ msgstr "Comment créer un rapport personnalisé avec vos propres formules ?" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." msgstr "" -"Odoo 9 est livré avec un framework de rapports puissant et facile à " -"utiliser. La création de nouveaux rapports (comme un rapport d'impôt ou un " -"bilan pour un pays spécifique) pour répondre à vos besoins est maintenant " -"plus facile que jamais." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " @@ -8126,15 +8697,15 @@ msgstr "" "profil de l'utilisateur dans le menu en haut à droite, puis sur **A propos " "de**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "Cliquez sur : **Activer le mode développeur**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8143,49 +8714,43 @@ msgstr "" " à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " "et cliquez sur **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -"Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " -"être configurés :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -"Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes «anciens» et «total» et les 3 " -"derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -"Basé sur des plages de dates et la méthode de comptabilité de caisse (par " -"ex. flux de trésorerie)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8196,7 +8761,7 @@ msgstr "" "référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " "(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -8206,11 +8771,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" " crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -8218,7 +8783,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" " une plage de dates)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8227,7 +8792,7 @@ msgstr "" " son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8244,15 +8809,15 @@ msgstr "" "domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " "regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -8261,7 +8826,7 @@ msgstr "" "calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " "(affiché en vert) ou non." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -8269,7 +8834,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " "doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -8279,7 +8844,7 @@ msgstr "" "les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " "``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -9085,71 +9650,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Journal de banque" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 @@ -9261,7 +9835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application`" @@ -9477,112 +10051,118 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" +msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." +"Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " +"Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -10059,9 +10639,8 @@ msgstr "" " comptes lors de vos déplacements." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -"Essayez Odoo maintenant, et rejoignez 2 millions d'heureux utilisateurs." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -10736,13 +11315,10 @@ msgstr "Factures Ouvertes ou Pro-forma" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -"Une facture contiendra habituellement la quantité et le prix des produits " -"et/ou services, la date, toutes les parties concernées, le numéro de facture" -" unique, ainsi que toute information fiscale." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10983,11 +11559,9 @@ msgstr "Bilan" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -"Le bilan résume le passif, l'actif et les capitaux propres de votre société " -"à un moment précis dans le temps." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -11606,6 +12180,14 @@ msgstr "" "sur son bon de commande. (ou ce sera fait automatiquement à la fin de la " "semaine ou du mois si vous facturez toutes vos commandes en une fois)" +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +msgid "" +"tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " +"../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" +" customers* " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Rembourser l'employé" @@ -12607,6 +13189,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +msgid "How to define a new bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" @@ -12823,13 +13413,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application **Applications**, rechercher l'application **Gestion " -"des achats** et installez-la. En raison des dépendances, ceci installera " -"automatiquement les applications **Gestion de l'inventaire** et " -"**Comptabilité et finance**" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -12838,20 +13424,15 @@ msgstr "Création d'articles" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, la création d'articles est essentielle pour pouvoir effectuer des" -" achats de façon rapide et efficace. Allez dans le sous-menu Articles de " -"l'application Achats, et cliquez sur Créer." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" -"Lors de la création du produit, prêtez attention au champ **Type " -"d'article**, car il est important:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -12879,13 +13460,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -"Il est conseillé de créer un article **Divers** pour tous les achats qui se " -"produisent rarement et ne nécessitent pas de valorisation ou de gestion des " -"stocks. Si vous créez un tel article, il est recommandé de définir le type " -"d'article à **Service**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -12928,42 +13505,26 @@ msgstr "Réception des Produits" msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -"Si vous avez acheté des articles stockables que vous gérez en inventaire, " -"vous aurez besoin de réceptionner les articles dans l'application Inventaire" -" après avoir confirmé la commande d'achat. Dans le **Tableau de bord de " -"l'inventaire**, vous trouverez un bouton vous reliant directement au " -"transfert des articles. Ce bouton est entouré en rouge dans l'illustration " -"ci-dessous :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur ce bouton vous amènera à une liste de toutes les commandes en " -"attente de réception." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez beaucoup de commandes en attente, appliquer un filtre en " -"utilisant la barre de recherche en haut à droite. Avec cette barre de " -"recherche, vous pouvez filtrer en fonction du fournisseur (partenaire), de " -"l'article ou du document source, c'est à dire la référence de votre commande" -" d'achat. Vous avez également la possibilité de regrouper les commandes " -"selon différents critères avec la fonctionnalité **Grouper Par**. La " -"sélection d'un élément de cette liste va ouvrir l'écran suivant où vous " -"effectuerez alors la réception des produits." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." @@ -12976,47 +13537,30 @@ msgstr "Gestion des factures fournisseurs" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous recevez une facture fournisseur d'un achat précédent, assurez-" -"vous de l'enregistrer dans l'application Achats par le menu **Contrôle**. " -"Vous devez créer une nouvelle facture fournisseur, même si vous avez déjà " -"enregistré un bon de commande." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -"La première chose que vous devez faire lors de la création d'une facture est" -" de sélectionner le fournisseur concerné, car cela va ainsi récupérer toutes" -" les informations de comptabilité ou de listes de prix qui lui sont " -"associées. De là, vous pouvez choisir de spécifier un ou plusieurs bons de " -"commande pour remplir la facture. Lorsque vous sélectionnez une bon de " -"commande à partir de la liste, Odoo va récupérer tous les articles non " -"facturés associés à cette commande et va remplir automatiquement les " -"informations comme ci-dessous. Si vous avez des difficultés à trouver la " -"facture du fournisseur concerné, vous pouvez effectuer une recherche dans la" -" liste en saisissant la référence du fournisseur ou votre numéro interne de " -"commande." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" -"Tant que la facture est à l'état brouillon, vous pouvez faire toutes les " -"modifications que vous voulez (par ex. supprimer ou ajouter des lignes " -"d'articles, modifier les quantités et les prix)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" @@ -13067,34 +13611,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -"Si la facture que vous recevez du fournisseur a des quantités différentes de" -" celles qu'Odoo a remplies automatiquement, cela peut être dû à plusieurs " -"raisons :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" -"le fournisseur vous a facturé des articles et/ou des services que vous " -"n'avez pas commandés," +"Te fournisseur vous a facturé des articles et/ou des services que vous " +"n'avez pas commandés." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -"le vendeur vous a facturé des articles que vous n'avez pas encore reçus, " +"Te vendeur vous a facturé des articles que vous n'avez pas encore reçus, " "alors que le contrôle de facturation est basé sur les quantités commandées " -"et reçues," +"et reçues." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "ou le vendeur ne vous a pas facturé des articles déjà achetés." +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -13116,23 +13657,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -"le fournisseur vous a déjà facturé pour cette commande, donc elle ne va " -"apparaître nulle part dans la sélection," #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -"quelqu'un dans votre entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer une commande pour ce " -"fournisseur," +"Quelqu'un dans votre entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer une commande pour ce " +"fournisseur." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -"ou le fournisseur vous facture quelque chose que vous n'avez pas commandé." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" @@ -13187,17 +13725,11 @@ msgstr "Facturation par lots" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'une facture fournisseur et après avoir sélectionné la " -"commande concernée, vous pouvez continuer à sélectionner des bons de " -"commande supplémentaires et Odoo va ajouter les lignes supplémentaires à " -"partir de ces bons de commande .. Si vous n'avez pas supprimé les lignes " -"précédentes du premier bon de commande, la facture sera liée à tous les bons" -" de commande sélectionnés." #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" @@ -13210,7 +13742,7 @@ msgstr "Factures clients" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "Offrir des escomptes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13220,11 +13752,6 @@ msgid "" " in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " "period." msgstr "" -"Des escomptes sont incitatifs que vous pouvez offrir aux clients de les " -"motiver à payer dans un délai précis.Par exemple, vous offrez une réduction " -"de 2 % si le client vous paie dans les 5 premiers jours de la facture, " -"lorsqu’il est dû dans les 30 jours.Cette approche peut grandement améliorer " -"votre période de collecte moyenne." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" @@ -13238,16 +13765,10 @@ msgid "" "price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un escompte de caisse, allez à : menuselection :' " -"comptabilité--> Configuration--> Gestion--> des conditions de paiement, puis" -" cliquez sur * créer *.Ajoutez un * % * type de terme avec un correspondant " -"la valeur (par exemple98 % du prix total d’un rabais de 2 %) et le nombre de" -" jours pendant lequel l’offre est valide.Vous pouvez également modifier le " -"terme d’équilibre par défaut si nécessaire." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "Commencer à offrir l’escompte de règlement." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -13257,16 +13778,10 @@ msgid "" "having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer une facture client et sélectionnez la limite " -"de paiement escompte de règlement, que vous avez ajouté.Une fois que la " -"facture est validée, Martine fractionne automatiquement la partie compte de " -"créances de l’entrée de journal en deux versements ayant dûment différente " -"dates.Étant donné que le prix réduit est déjà calculé, vos contrôles de " -"paiement seront simplifiées" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "Accorder l’escompte de règlement" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13275,11 +13790,6 @@ msgid "" "the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -"Le client satisfait aux conditions de paiement et donc bénéficie de " -"l’escompte de règlement.Lorsque vous traitez le relevé bancaire, " -"correspondent au paiement à l’entrée de journal connexes.Ensuite, " -"sélectionnez l’escompte de règlement restant et cliquez sur * créer " -"radiation * à concilier." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -13290,18 +13800,10 @@ msgid "" "your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" " default." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également créer un modèle de réconciliation dédiés pour " -"faciliter la tâche.Dans ce cas, vous devez ajouter une taxe au modèle basé " -"sur les taxes appliquées à vos factures.Cela signifie que si vous gérez " -"plusieurs taux d’imposition, vous devez créer plusieurs modèles de " -"réconciliation.Notez que, selon votre localisation, vous pourriez déjà avoir" -" un modèle de l’escompte de règlement disponible par défaut." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -"Enregistrer la totalité du paiement. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -13309,10 +13811,6 @@ msgid "" "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, le client n’a pas respecté le délai de paiement et ne peut " -"bénéficier de l’escompte de règlement.Lorsque vous traitez le relevé " -"bancaire, correspondre le paiement avec les deux entrées de journal " -"connexes." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" @@ -13320,7 +13818,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "Mettre en place la trésorerie arrondis" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -13329,29 +13827,22 @@ msgid "" " paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -"Dans certaines monnaies, les plus petites pièces n’existent pas. Par " -"exemple, en Suisse, il n’y a aucune pièce pour CHF 0,01.Pour cette raison, " -"si les factures sont payées en espèces, vous devez arrondir leur total à la " -"plus petite pièce qui existent dans la monnaie.Pour le CHF, la plus petite " -"pièce s’élève à CHF 0.05." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "Il existe deux stratégies pour l’arrondi :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "Ajouter une ligne sur la facture pour l’arrondi" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -"Ajouter l’arrondi du montant de l’impôt \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "Ces deux stratégies sont applicables à Martine." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -13359,25 +13850,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -"Tout d’abord, vous devez activer la fonction. Pour cela, allez : " -"menuselection :' comptabilité--> Configuration--> Settings', puis activer " -"l’arrondi de la trésorerie." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -"l y a un nouveau menu pour gérer la trésorerie arrondis dans : menuselection" -" :' comptabilité--> Configuration--> Gestion--> Cash arrondis" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer des arrondis de la caisse. Vous pouvez choisir entre deux stratégies arrondis : \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -13385,9 +13869,6 @@ msgid "" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -"* Ajouter une ligne arrondi ** : s’il est nécessaire d’un arrondi, Martine " -"ajoutera une ligne sur votre facture de prendre cet arrondi en compte.Vous " -"devez également définir le compte dans lequel l’arrondi ira" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13399,7 +13880,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "Appliquer les arrondis" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -13408,11 +13889,6 @@ msgid "" " where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -"Une fois vos arrondis sont créés, vous pouvez les appliquer sur les factures" -" client.Sur les factures client, il y a un nouveau champ appelé ** Cash " -"arrondi méthode ** où vous pouvez simplement choisir une des méthodes " -"arrondis créés précédemment.Si nécessaire, un arrondi s’appliqueront à la " -"facture." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" @@ -13887,6 +14363,10 @@ msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" "Cette méthode est valable aussi bien pour les services que les marchandises." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Bon de Livraison ‣ Facture" @@ -13915,6 +14395,10 @@ msgstr "" " (livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux " "factures, une pour chaque bordereau de livraison." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commande eCommerce ‣ Facturation" @@ -13989,6 +14473,12 @@ msgstr "" "matériel. Quant aux entreprises de services qui facturent un prix fixe, " "elles utilisent une commande ordinaire." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" +" contracts and invoicing plans?*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Récurrents ‣ Factures" @@ -14003,6 +14493,10 @@ msgstr "" " La fréquence de la facturation et les services / produits facturés sont " "définis dans le contrat." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Création d'une facture manuellement" @@ -14108,6 +14602,12 @@ msgstr "" "soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " "avec les arrondis, ça pourrait ne pas donner exactement 100%)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "" +"screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" +" this object" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Utilisation des Conditions de Paiement" @@ -14844,7 +15344,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`followup`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "Suivi des factures et d’être payé plus rapidement." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14852,14 +15352,10 @@ msgid "" " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -"t est essentiel pour votre entreprise de collecter les paiements lorsqu’ils sont en retard.Martine vous aidera à identifier les paiements qui sont en retard et vous permettra d’envoyer les rappels appropriés. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -"Gérez vos suivis \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -14867,9 +15363,6 @@ msgid "" "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -"Nous recommandons que vous conciliez vos relevés bancaires avant de lancer " -"votre processus de suivi.Elle vous évitera la peine d’envoyer une " -"déclaration à un client qui a déjà payé à vous." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -14878,8 +15371,6 @@ msgid "" "easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -"Les factures en souffrance vous devez suivi sur sont disponibles par défaut dans : menuselection :' comptabilité--> Ventes--> suivi de rapports.Là, vous pouvez facilement envoyer un rappel par courriel ou l’imprimer comme une lettre.Ensuite, vous pouvez cliquer sur le * fait * bouton pour afficher la prochain suivi nécessitant votre attention. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -14887,9 +15378,6 @@ msgid "" "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -"Dans le cas contraire, si n’est pas le moment pour un rappel, cliquez sur * " -"me rappeler plus tard *.Vous obtiendrez le prochain rapport selon la * " -"prochaine Date de rappel * défini dans l’énoncé." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -14898,20 +15386,16 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -"Pour éviter d’envoyer trop de rappels dans un court laps de temps, modifier le nombre de jours calculé entre chaque rapport en allant sur : menuselection :' comptabilité--> Configuration--> Paramètres--> suivi de paiement \". \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir un niveau de confiance pour vos clients en les marquant comme débiteurs normales, bonnes ou mauvaises, sur les rapports de suivi. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "Envoyer les rappels dans le lot." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -14921,16 +15405,10 @@ msgid "" "containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " "automatically generated." msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir votre processus de suivi plus facile, vous pouvez envoyer des " -"courriels de rappel dans le lot depuis votre page de rapports de " -"suivi.Sélectionner tous les rapports que vous souhaitez traiter, cliquez sur" -" * Action * puis * processus suivis *.Un document pdf contenant toutes les " -"lettres de suivi pour vous permet d’imprimer sera également automatiquement " -"généré" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "Plan d’un processus de suivi." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14939,11 +15417,6 @@ msgid "" "under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -"Pour planifier un processus de suivi, allez à : menuselection :' " -"comptabilité--> Configuration--> Settings', puis activer le * suivi niveaux " -"* en vedette sous le * client paiements * section.Cliquez ensuite sur le " -"nouveau * niveaux de suivi * bouton qui est apparu sur votre page de " -"paramètres." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -14953,24 +15426,17 @@ msgid "" "action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -"Un plan de suivi avec plusieurs actions est disponible par défaut dans " -"Martine, mais vous pouvez le personnaliser comme vous le souhaitez.Selon un " -"nombre spécifique de jours en retard, l’intention d’envoyer un courriel, une" -" lettre ou d’entreprendre une action manuelle.Vous pouvez également modifier" -" le modèle utilisé pour l’instruction selon le stade du processus." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez recevoir un rappel avant l’échéance effective date, définissez un nombre négatif de dus jours. \n" -" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" -msgstr "Être payé avec SEPA" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14979,10 +15445,6 @@ msgid "" " SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -"Le Single Euro Payments Area, SEPA est une initiative de paiement-" -"intégration de l’Union européenne pour la simplification des transferts " -"bancaires libellés en EURO.SEPA Direct Debit permet de retirer de l’argent " -"de comptes bancaires de vos clients avec leur approbation" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 3fbd7f76d..230edc80a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,29 +4,28 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Julia van Orsouw <julia@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Cas Vissers <c.vissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2018 +# Cas Vissers <c.vissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 +# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2019 +# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2019 # Julia van Orsouw <Julia@vanorsouw-consultancy.nl>, 2019 +# Julia van Orsouw <julia@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2019 +# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Boekhouding" @@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "Bank & Kas" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Bank feeds" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" @@ -88,13 +87,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 @@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" @@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" @@ -664,9 +663,9 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" "Om QIF-bestanden te importeren, moet u deze functie in Odoo activeren. Ga in" -" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instelligen -> " +" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> " "Financieel`. Vink de optie aan bij bankafschriften ** Importeren in .QIF-" -"indeling ** en kies Toepassen." +"indeling ** en klik op toepassen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -826,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" "uur gesynchroniseerd worden." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -861,22 +860,15 @@ msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" " status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -"Echter, een transactie kan zichtbaar zijn in je rekeningoverzicht maar niet " -"binnengehaald worden door Yodlee. Een transactie kan de status 'wachten' " -"hebben en niet de status 'geboekt'. In die situatie zal Yodlee de transactie" -" niet binnenhalen en dien je te wachten op verandering van de status. " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." +" bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -"Het is belangrijk om te onthouden dat Yodlee niet real-time transacties " -"binnenhaalt. Het is een service om het binnenhalen van bankafschriften naar " -"de database te faciliteren." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" @@ -910,21 +902,16 @@ msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" " may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -"Dit betekent dat synchronisatie met de bank nog niet mogelijk is omdat " -"Yodlee nog bezig is met de ontwikkeling hiervan. Het kan zijn dat de " -"synchronisatie al wel (gedeeltelijk) werkt. Helaas kunt u alleen maar " -"wachten tot de ontwikkeling is afgerond." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Waarom zijn oudere transacties niet meer zichtbaar in Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -"Yodlee staat alleen toe om afschriften tot 3 maanden terug binnen te halen. " #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 @@ -1042,10 +1029,10 @@ msgstr "Ontvang klanten cheques" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 @@ -1073,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." msgstr "" @@ -1097,9 +1084,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 @@ -1121,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" @@ -1143,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" @@ -1173,8 +1160,8 @@ msgstr "Controleer uw rekeningschema en standaard overboekingsrekening" msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -1226,8 +1213,8 @@ msgstr "Log een interne overplaatsing" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" @@ -1270,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." @@ -1291,16 +1278,16 @@ msgstr "Het volgende venster zal zich openen:" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" @@ -1392,12 +1379,12 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Afletteren** om het proces te voltooien." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" @@ -1411,84 +1398,84 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Twee afletter methodes bestaan in Odoo." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "We kunnen direct een betaling op de facturen registreren" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -"Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft" -" enkel de boekhouding app te installeren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Case 1: Betaling registratie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "De factuur is betaald en **het afletteren is automatisch gedaan.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Case 2: Bankafschriften afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1496,15 +1483,13 @@ msgstr "" "We starten bij onze facturen van 3000 euro voor Smith & Co. Laten we er ook " "vanuit gaan dat andere factureren openstaan voor verschillende klanten." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -"We ontvangen ons bankafschrift en niet enkel het factuur van Smith & Co is " -"betaald maar ook dat van Buzz voor 92 euro." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1512,11 +1497,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importeer** of **Maak** de bankafschriften. Bekijk aub de documenten van " "de sectie bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "Op het dashboard, klik op **Letter # Items af**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1524,31 +1509,31 @@ msgstr "" "Indien alles correct was (correcte relatienaam, juiste bedrag) zal Odoo " "**automatisch** de aflettering doen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Indien er fouten gevonden worden moet u **manuele acties** ondernemen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld als de relatie mist op uw bankafschrift vult u gewoon in: " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" @@ -1606,6 +1591,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" @@ -1639,6 +1625,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Bekijk de *Bankrekening* in onze online demonstratie" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "add inherited field tooltip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " +"will be printed or send to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " +"to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " @@ -1850,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actie" +msgstr "Actief" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." @@ -1885,7 +1901,7 @@ msgid "" "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" " point of sale." msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan indien dit dagboek een betaalmethode is voor gebruik " +"Vink deze optie aan indien dit dagboek een betalingsmethodeis voor gebruik " "binnen de kassa." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -1939,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Creditfactuur's: Volgend nummer" +msgstr "Creditfacturen: Volgend nummer" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." @@ -2106,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Cheque afdrukken betalingsmethode geselecteerd" +msgstr "Cheque afdrukken betaaalmethode geselecteerd" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2114,7 +2130,7 @@ msgid "" " method." msgstr "" "Technische optie gebruikt om te weten of cheque afdrukken is opgezet als " -"betaalmethode." +"betalinsgmethode." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Sequence" @@ -2525,6 +2541,401 @@ msgid "" "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrijk" @@ -2908,7 +3319,7 @@ msgstr "Balans" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Winst & Verlies" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" @@ -2931,6 +3342,172 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" @@ -2951,9 +3528,9 @@ msgstr "De mexicaanse lokalisatie is een groep van 3 modules:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 @@ -3086,7 +3663,7 @@ msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -3155,7 +3732,7 @@ msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 @@ -3177,7 +3754,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Boekhouding" +msgstr "Facturatie" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -3264,30 +3841,79 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " "following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" @@ -3295,66 +3921,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "**Hoe nieuwe rekening toevoegen?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3364,17 +3990,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3382,11 +4008,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3395,28 +4021,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3424,25 +4050,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3450,24 +4076,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3476,18 +4102,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -3497,7 +4123,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -3505,41 +4131,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -3548,34 +4174,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -3585,26 +4211,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -3614,17 +4240,17 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -3632,72 +4258,72 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -3705,29 +4331,29 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 msgid "" ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " @@ -3737,14 +4363,14 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': Het attribuut 'Regimen' is " "verplicht maar ontbreekt." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 msgid "" ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -3754,20 +4380,20 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -3776,11 +4402,11 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " @@ -3794,7 +4420,7 @@ msgid "" "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -3803,7 +4429,7 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -3811,13 +4437,13 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -3826,7 +4452,7 @@ msgid "" "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -4116,7 +4742,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkopen" +msgstr "Inkoop" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -4532,7 +5158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Geeft aan dat de eerste afschrijving mutatie voor deze activa moet gedaan " "zijn van de activa datum (inkoopdatum) in plaats van de eerste van januari /" -" startdatum van het fiscale jaar" +" startdatum van het boekjaar" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Number of Depreciations" @@ -4635,18 +5261,33 @@ msgid "" "should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "Hoe beheer ik een financieel budget?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -4654,33 +5295,59 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Budgetposten" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -4688,37 +5355,37 @@ msgstr "" "Om de posities in te geven gaat u naar :menuselection:`Boekhouding --> " "Configuratie --> Budgetaire posities`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Klik op *Selecteer*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Bewaar de wijzigingen om uw budgetaire positie te bevestigen." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Analytische rekening" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -4728,30 +5395,30 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Stel een budget in" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -4761,53 +5428,53 @@ msgid "" "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "U moet het budget **Bevestigen** en **Goedkeuren**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Controleer uw budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "voor meer informatie over het inboeken van facturen en inkooporders zie: " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Ga terug in de budgetlijst en zoek het Smith project." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -5266,6 +5933,12 @@ msgid "" "Progress)." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " +"Services --> How to invoices blabla" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " @@ -5518,9 +6191,9 @@ msgstr "**Rekening**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" @@ -5528,9 +6201,9 @@ msgstr "**Debet**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" @@ -5982,7 +6655,7 @@ msgstr "Bank en kas" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Huidige activa" +msgstr "Vlottende activa" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" @@ -5998,23 +6671,23 @@ msgstr "Vaste activa" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Huidige passiva" +msgstr "Kort vreemd vermogen" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Langlopende passiva" +msgstr "Lang vreemd vermogen" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Vermogen" +msgstr "Eigen vermogen" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Huidige jaaromzet" +msgstr "Huidige jaarwinst" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Andere opbrengsten" +msgstr "Overige opbrengsten" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 @@ -6068,6 +6741,58 @@ msgid "" "button." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " +"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" +" entries." +msgstr "" +"De rekeningcategorie wordt gebruikt voor land-specifieke " +"rapportagedoeleinden en bepaalt de handelswijze bij het afsluiten van het " +"boekjaar en het openen van de balans." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Labels" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "Optionele labels die u wilt toewijzen voor aangepaste rapportages" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "Rekening valuta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "Forceert alle boekingen voor deze rekening naar deze tweede valuta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "Interne soort" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " +"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" +" for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "" +"De 'Interne soort' wordt gebruikt om kenmerken aan te duiden bij " +"verschillende rekeningen: liquiditeit is voor kas- en bankrekeningen, " +"crediteuren/debiteuren is voor leverancier-/klantfacturen." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " +"journal items." +msgstr "" +"Vink deze optie aan als u deze rekening wilt toestaan op facturen & " +"betalingen te matchen." + #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" @@ -6919,7 +7644,7 @@ msgstr "Facturen" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Leveranciersfacturen" +msgstr "Facturen" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" @@ -6966,105 +7691,104 @@ msgstr "Hoe een gepersonaliseerd rapport aanmaken met uw eigen formules?" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "Klik op: **Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -"Eenmaal de naam is ingevuld zijn er twee andere parameters die " -"geconfigureerd moeten worden:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "Gebaseerd op periodes (bijvoorbeeld winst en verlies)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "Gebaseerd op een enkele datum (bijvoorbeeld balans)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7074,34 +7798,34 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Andere handige velden:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -7866,71 +8590,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Belastingrekening $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Bankdagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "Bank $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 @@ -8039,7 +8772,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application`" @@ -8226,118 +8959,120 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "Hoe de juiste belastingen krijgen in de VS dankzij TaxCloud" +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "In Tax Cloud" +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -"Maak een gratis account op de `*TaxCloud* " -"<https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ website." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "In Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Nog steeds in deze instellingen geeft u uw TaxCloud logingegevens in." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer dit in het detailformulier (in de *verkopen* tab) voor producten " -"onder een specifieke categorie." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " +"Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "Hoe het werkt" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Hoe specifieke tax mappings aanmaken met TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Aan de slag" @@ -8733,8 +9468,8 @@ msgstr "" "te controleren." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "Probeer Odoo nu, en sluit u aan bij 2 miljoen blije gebruikers." +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -9132,7 +9867,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "Rekening" +msgstr "Account" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -9147,7 +9882,7 @@ msgstr "Rekening" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Debiteuren rekening" +msgstr "Debiteurenrekening" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 @@ -9314,7 +10049,7 @@ msgstr "Open of proforma facturen" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" @@ -9421,7 +10156,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Letter af" +msgstr "Afletteren" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" @@ -9507,8 +10242,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 @@ -9986,6 +10721,14 @@ msgid "" "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +msgid "" +"tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " +"../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" +" customers* " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Werknemer terugbetalen" @@ -10137,7 +10880,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Leverancier betalingen" +msgstr "Leverancierbetalingenen" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" @@ -10264,15 +11007,15 @@ msgstr "Technisch veld gebruikt voor gebruiksvriendelijke doeleinden" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Verberg betaalmethode" +msgstr "Verberg betalinsgmethode" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " "only one available which is 'manual'" msgstr "" -"Technisch veld gebruikt om de betalingsmethode te verbergen als het " -"geselecteerde dagboek maar één betaalmethode heeft die 'handmatig' is" +"Technisch veld gebruikt om de betaalmethode te verbergen als het " +"geselecteerde dagboek maar één betalingsmethode heeft die 'handmatig' is" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." @@ -10315,7 +11058,7 @@ msgid "" "Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." msgstr "" "Technisch veld dat gebruikt wordt om de interface te wijzigen naar de " -"geselecteerde betalingsmethode." +"geselecteerde betaaalmethode." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check Number" @@ -10769,6 +11512,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +msgid "How to define a new bank?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "Wanneer moet ik leveranciersrekeningen of inkooprekeningen gebruiken?" @@ -10928,7 +11679,7 @@ msgstr "De Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties installeren" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" @@ -10939,17 +11690,15 @@ msgstr "Producten aanmaken" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u het product aanmaakt moet u letten op het **Producttype** veld, " -"aangezien het belangrijk is:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -10970,8 +11719,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 @@ -11006,27 +11755,25 @@ msgstr "Producten ontvangen" msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -"Als u deze route volgt, komt u op een lijst met alle bestellingen die nog " -"moeten worden ontvangen." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 @@ -11039,28 +11786,29 @@ msgstr "Beheer leverancier rekeningen" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 @@ -11098,25 +11846,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 @@ -11134,20 +11882,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -"iemand in het bedrijf vergat een inkooporder aan te maken voor deze " -"fabrikant," #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "of de fabrikant rekent u iets aan dat u niet besteld heeft." +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" @@ -11195,10 +11941,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 @@ -11755,6 +12501,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Het proces is goed voor beide diensten en fysieke producten." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -11777,6 +12527,10 @@ msgstr "" "wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest " "later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "eCommerce Order ‣ Factuur" @@ -11838,6 +12592,12 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" +" contracts and invoicing plans?*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Herhalende contracten ‣ Facturen" @@ -11852,6 +12612,10 @@ msgstr "" "De frequentie van het factuur en de diensten/producten die gefactureerd " "worden zijn gedefinieerd op het contract." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Manueel een factuur aanmaken" @@ -11941,6 +12705,12 @@ msgid "" "100%)" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "" +"screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" +" this object" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Betalingstermijnen gebruiken" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 4cf1c5dda..71b562179 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Sollicitaties" +msgstr "Applicaties" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index b4335239e..10f7d119a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,21 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019 +# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "Verwerven van leads" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Converteer leads in opportuniteiten" +msgstr "Converteer leads naar prospects" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -58,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -73,6 +72,8 @@ msgid "" "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " "aggregate." msgstr "" +"U heeft nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen " +"toegevoegd worden." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Genereer leads vanuit inkomende e-mails" +msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanuit e-mails" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Stel e-mail aliassen in" +msgstr "Configureer e-mail aliassen" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -148,11 +149,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Gebruik het contacteer ons op uw website" +msgstr "Gebruik de contacteer ons op uw website" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Ga eerst naar the website app." +msgstr "U moet eerst naar de website app gaan." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -160,12 +161,9 @@ msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on " +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" -"Als de CRM-app is geïnstalleerd, profiteert u van een kant-en-klaar " -"contactformulier op uw Odoo-website dat leads / opportuniteiten automatisch " -"genereert." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -181,47 +179,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Maak een aangepast contactformulier" +msgstr "Maak een gepersonaliseerd contact formulier" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your " -"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the " -"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, " -"etc...)" +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in " +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" -"Installeer hiervoor de gratis * Website Form Builder * module. Alleen " -"beschikbaar in Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" -"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the " -"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you " -"wish." +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." msgstr "" -"Vanaf elke pagina waar u uw contactformulier wenst, sleept u in de " -"bewerkmodus de form builder op de pagina en kunt u de gewenste velden " -"toevoegen." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" -"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to " +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" -"Standaard verzendt elk nieuw contactformulier een e-mail, u kunt omschakelen" -" naar lead/opportuniteit generatie in * Wijzig formulier parameters *." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will" -" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 @@ -230,17 +220,14 @@ msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" -"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before " -"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM " -"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een contactformulier gebruikt, is het raadzaam om een kwalificatie" -" stap te gebruiken voordat u een verkoopmedewerker toewijst. Activeer " -"hiervoor * Leads * in CRM-instellingen en raadpleeg: doc: `convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Offertes versturen" +msgstr "Verstuur offertes" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -271,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Markeer als gewonnen/verloren" +msgstr "Markeer ze als gewonnen/verloren" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -292,11 +279,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijkse werkzaamheden" +msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijks werk" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Synchroniseer Google kalender met Odoo" +msgstr "Synchroniseer Google agenda met Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -343,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Logingegevens aanmaken." +msgstr "Maak logingegevens aan." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -378,7 +365,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Opzet in Odoo" +msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index bd9327927..87a7abc36 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -4,19 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Dennis Sluijk <dennissluijk@outlook.com>, 2018 -# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Dennis Sluijk <dennissluijk@outlook.com>, 2019 +# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -117,72 +118,156 @@ msgstr "Selecteer de juiste database en ga naar <https://www.odoo.com/help>" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Upgraden" +msgstr "Bijwerken" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" -"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the" -" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, " -"click on the \"Upgrade\" button." +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will" -" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be " -"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will " -"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test " -"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified " -"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data " -"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual " -"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" -"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, " -"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on " -"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production " -"database to the new version." +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" msgstr "Een database dupliceren" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" @@ -192,37 +277,37 @@ msgstr "" " u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven" " om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." msgstr "Etc." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." @@ -230,15 +315,15 @@ msgstr "" "Na een paar seconden wordt u ingelogd in uw gedupliceerde database. Merk op " "dat de URL de naam van uw gedupliceerde database gebruikt." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 msgid "Rename a Database" msgstr "Wijzig de naam van een database" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -246,15 +331,15 @@ msgid "" "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 msgid "Deleting a Database" msgstr "Verwijder een database" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." msgstr ". " -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " @@ -267,43 +352,43 @@ msgstr "" "gemaakte backup. De data in de automatisch backup kan al weer verouderd " "zijn. " -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 msgid "" "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" "Lees de waarschuwingen die zullen verschijnen aandachtig door en ga pas " -"verder als u de begrijpt wat de gevolgen zijn van het verwijderen van een " +"verder als u begrijpt wat de gevolgen zijn van het verwijderen van een " "database:" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" "Indien u deze database naam moet hergebruiken is deze onmiddelijk " "beschikbaar." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" @@ -312,8 +397,8 @@ msgstr "" " <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "On site database beheer" +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" @@ -341,8 +426,9 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u uw database niet kan registreren krijgt u waarschijnlijk de " "volgende melding:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "Oplossingen" @@ -390,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "Heeft u de geüpdatet versie van Odoo 9?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." @@ -418,11 +504,36 @@ msgid "" "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" msgstr "Foutmelding vanwege te veel gebruikers" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" @@ -430,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u meer gebruikers in uw lokale database heeft dan toegewezen in uw " "Odoo Enterprise abonnement kan u deze melding krijgen:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." @@ -438,25 +549,25 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer het bericht verschijnt heeft u 30 dagen voordat de database vervalt." " De teller wordt elke dag geüpdatet." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 msgid "or" msgstr "of" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " "<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -465,42 +576,42 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "Database vervallen foutmelding" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" "Vernieuw uw abonnement: volg de link en vernieuw uw abonnement - merk op dat" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "Contacteer onze `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" @@ -508,69 +619,18 @@ msgstr "" "Werkte deze oplossingen niet voor u? Contacteer dan onze `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "Forceer een update notificatie" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "Maak connectie met de database met de **Administrator** account" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "Vernieuw de pagina, de \"Vervallen\" notificatie zou weg moeten zijn" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "Dupliceer een database" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -579,7 +639,7 @@ msgid "" "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 msgid "" "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " "Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index f3672cff4..7d4a5fd4c 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,14 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -103,36 +108,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*" -" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -140,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een " "TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -148,18 +153,18 @@ msgstr "" "Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar " "normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -169,22 +174,22 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -192,58 +197,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -252,7 +257,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -263,21 +268,21 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " "their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " "you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " "--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " "(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index dc518a9c2..2eaad4f69 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -630,8 +630,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "Hoe duurdere product alternatieven te verkopen (upselling)" +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -762,7 +762,6 @@ msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 msgid "Set up Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -785,7 +784,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Go live" msgstr "Ga live" @@ -832,13 +830,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`payment`" msgstr ":doc:`payment`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" @@ -1135,201 +1131,293 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met Paypal" +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "Zet uw Paypal account op" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -"Log in op `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ en open de instellingen van uw" -" **Profiel**." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "Ga nu naar het menu **Mijn verkooptools**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "Laten we starten met de **Website voorkeuren**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" -"Geef de **Notificatie URL** in: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" -"Ze zijn beide beschikbaar vanuit het Paypal profiel, onder " -":menuselection:`Mijn bedrijfsinformatie`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" +"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " +"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "Sleutel: payment_paypal.pdt_token" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "Waarde: uw Paypal *identiteitstoken*" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." +"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." msgstr "" -"Uw configuratie is nu klaar! U kan Paypal zichtbaar maken op uw handelaars " -"interface en de **Productiemodus** activeren." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Transactie kosten" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activatie" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Inloggegevens" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "Test de betaal flow" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Transactie kosten" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -"U kan de volledige betalingsflow testen dankzij de Paypal Sandbox accounts." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -"Login op de `Paypal ontwikkelaarssite <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ met " -"uwPaypal loginggegevens. Dit maakt twee sandbox accounts aan:" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 6ac774ff0..7c2e80c6a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019 +# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,6 +34,16 @@ msgstr "Algemeen" msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authenticatie" +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Hoe gebruikers toestaan zich aan te melden met hun Google-account" @@ -106,6 +116,60 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal dit klaar is ontvangt u twee stukken informatie (uw cliënt ID en uw " "cliënt secret). U moet uw cliënt id ingeven onder **Algemene instellingen**." +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Data Import" @@ -340,21 +404,13 @@ msgstr "Waar kan ik het datum invoerformaat wijzigen?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -"Odoo kan automatisch detecteren of een kolom een datum is en zal vervolgens " -"het datum formaat proberen te achterhalen op basis van een set van meest " -"gebruikte datum formaten. Dit proces werkt voor veel simpele datum formaten," -" echter sommige buitengewone datum formaten zullen niet herkend worden; er " -"is dus ook verwarring mogelijk (dag en maand kunnen worden omgedraaid " -"bijvoorbeeld) omdat het moeilijk is om correct te raden welk deel van de " -"datum de dag of maand betreft, hoofdzakelijk in een datum zoals bijvoorbeeld" -" '01-03-2016'." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -932,6 +988,14 @@ msgstr "" "`Gebruikers deactiveren <../../db_management/documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Add link to How to add companies" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Beheer Odoo in uw eigen taal" @@ -1026,11 +1090,22 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Hoe kan je een Unsplash toegangssleutel genereren" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Creëer een account op Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -1039,51 +1114,62 @@ msgstr "" "Ga naar je applicatie dashboard <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_" "  en klik op **Nieuwe Applicatie**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Accepteer de condities en klik op **Accepteer voorwaarden**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Hoe je een Unsplash applicatie ID kunt genereren" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_." +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index c7682f28b..6a73a21ef 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -184,15 +184,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: " -"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " -"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" -" who will provide a response to the HOW." +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -"Het Gebruiker Verhaal <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-" -"story>`__: Deze techniek splitst de verantwoordelijkheden tussen het SPoC, " -"verantwoordelijk voor het uitleggen van WAT, HOE en WIE, en de Consultant " -"die het antwoord zal voorzien betreft HOE." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -394,100 +389,10 @@ msgstr "8. Support" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Vragen gerelateerd aan uw account, abonnement of facturatie" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Wat voor ondersteuning is niet inbegrepen?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 -msgid "Importation of documents into your database" -msgstr "Importeren van documenten in uw database" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 67f06cbe5..ee1dbef09 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -150,11 +150,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " "documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." msgstr "" -"De laatste optie om een ticket door te sturen is via een API connectie. " -"Bekijk de documentatie `*hier* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index e1e4e67b9..e3c3b7c6a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,25 +4,24 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Onno van Koolwijk <onneau@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Arnaud De Moyer <arnauddemoyer@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Alain van Hall <ajcvhall@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2019 +# Onno van Koolwijk <onneau@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 +# Alain van Hall <ajcvhall@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Arnaud De Moyer <arnauddemoyer@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -388,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" @@ -436,22 +435,16 @@ msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -"De ** bluetooth-scanner ** kan worden gekoppeld met een smartphone of tablet" -" en is een goede keuze als u mobiel wilt zijn, zonder zwaar te moeten " -"investeren. Een mogelijkheid is u bij Odoo aan te melden via je smartphone, " -"de bluetooth-scanner aan de smartphone te koppelen, en de magazijn " -"verwerkingen te scannen, met nog steeds de mogelijkheid om de transacties " -"via je smartphone 'handmatig' te verwerken en te controleren." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." @@ -517,23 +510,11 @@ msgstr "" "producten, locaties voor pickings, enz. stelt u in staat efficiënter te " "werken door de software bijna uitsluitend te besturen met de barcodescanner." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" -"Print het document om uw barcode scanner te kunnen gebruiken voor meerdere " -"acties." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid "Document: |download_barcode|" -msgstr "Document: |download_barcode|" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 msgid "Set products barcodes" msgstr "Stel product barcodes in" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" " that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " @@ -544,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" "interface can also be accessed via the planner." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " @@ -554,11 +535,11 @@ msgstr "" "direct op een variant toe te voegen en niet op het sjabloonproduct (anders " "kan u ze niet onderscheiden)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 msgid "Set locations barcodes" msgstr "Stel locatie barcodes in" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -576,17 +557,17 @@ msgstr "" " af te drukken. Er zijn 4 streepjescodes per pagina, zodanig gerangschikt " "dat het handig is om op stickerpapier af te drukken." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 msgid "Barcode formats" msgstr "Barcode formaten" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " @@ -598,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" " artikelnummer associatie kan u een EAN code reeks aankopen (de reden waarom" " twee producten nooit dezelfde EAN code hebben)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " "your own barcode format for internal use." @@ -846,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 @@ -860,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 @@ -877,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actie" +msgstr "Actief" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -935,7 +916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wanneer een virtuele voorraad onder de minimale voorraad komt, zoals " "gespecificeerd in dit veld, zal Odoo een verwervingsopdracht genereren om de" -" verwachte voorraad aan te vullen tot de maximale hoeveelheid." +" voorraadprognose aan te vullen tot de maximale hoeveelheid." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Quantity Multiple" @@ -1009,6 +990,66 @@ msgstr "" "voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het " "beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken." +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Leveringen" @@ -1250,8 +1291,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "Hoe producten direct vanuit de klanten naar de leveranciers te sturen" +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1285,6 +1326,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" @@ -1509,6 +1567,18 @@ msgid "" "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" msgstr "Hoe kan u het soort verpakking wijzigen voor uw verkooporder?" @@ -1694,7 +1764,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" @@ -2012,6 +2082,12 @@ msgid "" "shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" msgstr "" @@ -2148,6 +2224,12 @@ msgid "" "shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Ontvangsten" @@ -2232,6 +2314,11 @@ msgstr "Dit is de standaard configuratie in Odoo." msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" msgstr "" @@ -2845,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 msgid "" "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " "moving those serial numbers." msgstr "" @@ -2900,7 +2987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Memoriaal boekingen" +msgstr "Memoriaal" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" @@ -4440,6 +4527,10 @@ msgid "" "To Stock)`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 msgid "Routes" msgstr "Routes" @@ -4548,7 +4639,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Ontvangst:" +msgstr "Levering:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Output → Customer" @@ -4622,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Verzamelen" +msgstr "Picken" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 msgid "Packing" @@ -5462,7 +5553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" +"possible :" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 @@ -5471,11 +5562,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 @@ -5532,7 +5623,7 @@ msgid "" "inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " "can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " "with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " "advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." @@ -5799,94 +5890,44 @@ msgid "Product Costing" msgstr "Product kosten" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "Applicaties configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "Prijs bij lossing types" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 @@ -6150,7 +6191,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" @@ -6398,7 +6439,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe verschillende maateenheden te gebruiken?" msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " "you will need to convert the units." msgstr "" @@ -6422,8 +6463,8 @@ msgstr "Eenheden instellen op uw producten" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." msgstr "" @@ -6541,6 +6582,12 @@ msgid "" "converted automatically :" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "" @@ -6988,6 +7035,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "Wanneer u alle extra waardes heeft ingegeven klikt u op **Opslaan**." +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" @@ -7320,10 +7375,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -"De echte verzendkosten worden berekend wanneer de leveringsorder gevalideerd" -" is." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index ed3b8156f..cdf024540 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -123,6 +123,80 @@ msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + #: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index a789fb15b..289f9a954 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "Live Chat" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" -msgstr "Chat live met website bezoekers" +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the " -"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, " -"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 msgid "" -"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch " -"sessions randomly between them." +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index f8f7fa1d9..266444e04 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -31,175 +32,520 @@ msgstr "Productie" msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "Productie beheer" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "Hoe een materiaallijst (BoM) maken" +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "Maken van een eenvoudige materiaallijst (BoM)" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " +"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "Routes toevoegen aan een materiaallijst (BoM)" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "Bijproducten toevoegen aan een BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo is een bijproduct een product dat geproduceerd is via een BoM " -"bovenop een primair product." - #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "Configureer de productgegevens van de subassemblage" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" -"Een enkele materiaallijst gebruiken om meerdere varianten van één product te" -" omschrijven" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " @@ -210,7 +556,6 @@ msgstr "" "varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie " "binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"." -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" @@ -219,7 +564,6 @@ msgid "" "variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " @@ -227,198 +571,344 @@ msgid "" "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "Hoe een set van producten verkopen als een Kit" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "Hoe een productieorder verwerken" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Productieorder" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "Hoe de productie beheren zonder routes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" -"Het beheer van uw productie handelingen is op deze wijze standaardgedrag in " -"Odoo. Er zijn twee basisfasen van planning tot productie:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "Maak productieorders" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Productie vastleggen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "Hoe uw productie beheren met routes en werkorders" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "De workflow is dus verdeeld in drie basisfasen, als volgt:" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "Plan de bijbehorende werkorders" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "Voer de geplande werkzaamheden uit en registreer de productie" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "Hoe half afgewerkte producten beheren" +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "Configureer de materiaallijst (BoM) op Top-niveau " +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" +" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " +"*Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can now define subcontractors contacts. When you purchase or receive " +"products from a contact of type subcontractor, the correct stock moves are " +"created to represent the subcontracting of the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can set the subcontractor as a vendor in case you plan to buy him the " +"subcontracted products via purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create a *Bill of Material* of type *subcontracted*. In " +"this *BoM*, list the components you need to supply to the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:37 +msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:39 +msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:45 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:47 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "For the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:72 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:76 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:103 +msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " +"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " +"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " +"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" @@ -447,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Uit elkaar haal orders" +msgstr "Demontageorders" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -478,6 +968,172 @@ msgid "" "BoM back in stock." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " +"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " +"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " +"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " +"quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"reach the expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the " +"indirect demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 +msgid "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 +msgid "quantity still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "quantity was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:99 +msgid "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:99 +msgid "its quantity was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:105 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:112 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:119 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" @@ -499,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Creëer een Reparatieorder" +msgstr "Reparatie aanmaken" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index 3154997d1..d88b32270 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,114 +27,17 @@ msgid "Mobile" msgstr "Mobiel" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging" -msgstr "Firebase cloud berichten opzetten" +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push notificatie" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API " -"key." +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." msgstr "" -"Om mobiele notificaties te hebben in uw Android app heeft u een API sleutel " -"nodig." #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or " -"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android " -"app." +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" -"Indien het niet automatisch geconfigureerd is (bijvoorbeeld bij een on-site " -"Odoo of op Odoo.sh) moet u de volgende stappen volgen om een API sleutel te " -"verkrijgen voor de Android app" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12." -msgstr "" -"De iOS app ondersteund geen mobiele notificaties voor Odoo versies < 12." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22 -msgid "Firebase Settings" -msgstr "Firebase instellingen" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25 -msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "Maak een nieuw project aan" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to " -"`https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project." -msgstr "" -"Zorg eerst dat u zeker bent ingelogd op uw Google account. Ga vervolgens " -"naar `https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__  en maak een nieuw project aan." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create " -"project**." -msgstr "" -"Kies een projectnaam, klik op **Verdergaan** en klik vervolgens op **Maak " -"project**." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37 -msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**." -msgstr "Wanneer uw project klaar is klikt u op **Verdergaan**." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)." -msgstr "" -"U wordt doorverwezen naar de overzichtpagina van het projec (zie volgende " -"screenshot)." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43 -msgid "Add an app" -msgstr "Voeg een app toe" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45 -msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon." -msgstr "In de overzicht pagina klikt u op het Android icoon." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will " -"not work." -msgstr "" -"U moet \"com.odoo.com\" gebruiken als package naam. Anders werkt het niet." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56 -msgid "" -"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and " -"skip the fourth step." -msgstr "" -"U hoeft het configuratie bestanden niet te downloaden, u kan twee keer op " -"**Volgende** klikken en de vierde stap overslaan." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60 -msgid "Get generated API key" -msgstr "Genereerde API sleutel ophalen" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62 -msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:" -msgstr "Ga naar de project instellingen op de overzicht pagina:" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** " -"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" -"In **Cloud berichten** ziet u de **API sleutel** en de **Verzender ID** die " -"u moet instellen in de algemene instellingen van Odoo." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76 -msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging." -msgstr "" -"Plak simpelweg de API sleutel en de verzender ID vanuit Cloud Berichten." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 161d81fa8..88ba06f59 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -42,15 +43,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -65,214 +66,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25 msgid "Add barcodes to product" msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 msgid "" "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " "can input any barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 msgid "Scanning products" msgstr "Producten scannen" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 msgid "" "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " "product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the" -" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d" -"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende " -"barcode:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Scan de producten & labels" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" -"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" msgstr "" @@ -339,83 +158,94 @@ msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "Beheer meerdere kassiers" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 msgid "Switch without pin codes" msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "De kassier wordt nu veranderd." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier met pincode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier met barcode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 @@ -430,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 msgid "" "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 @@ -438,19 +268,256 @@ msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 msgid "Reprint a receipt" msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." msgstr "" "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende " +"barcode:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Scan de producten & labels" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" +"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze sales" msgstr "Analyseer verkoop" @@ -549,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr "Een geregistreerde IoT box per kassa configuratie" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" @@ -910,42 +977,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" msgstr "Voeg een printer toe" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" " you can add the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" msgstr "Print een keuken/bar order" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." msgstr "Selecteer een printer of maak een printer aan." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" msgstr "Print de order in de keuken/bar" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." msgstr "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *order* knop." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Regustreer meerdere orders" +msgstr "Registreer meerdere orders" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1134,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" @@ -1339,55 +1407,3 @@ msgid "" "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " "to process the payment." msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 21cdb3e24..f8e52cc11 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -3,14 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,23 +29,17 @@ msgstr "Mijn Odoo portaal" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 msgid "" -"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your " -"Subscriptions." +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." msgstr "" -"In dit gedeelte van het portaal vindt u alle communicatie tussen u en Odoo; " -"documenten zoals offertes, verkooporders, facturen en uw abonnementen." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 msgid "" -"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" +" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot deze sectie moet u inloggen met uw gebruikersnaam " -"(e mailadres) en wachtwoord binnen `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>` __." -" Als u al bent ingelogd, klikt u op uw naam in de rechterbovenhoek en " -"selecteert u \"Mijn account\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -49,35 +48,24 @@ msgstr "Offertes" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." msgstr "" -"Hier vindt u alle offertes die Odoo u heeft toegestuurd. U kunt bijvoorbeeld" -" een offerte laten opstellen voor u nadat u een toepassing of een gebruiker " -"aan uw database hebt toegevoegd; of wanneer uw contract moet worden " -"verlengd." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that" -" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you " -"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful " -"information." +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." msgstr "" -"De kolom 'Geldig tot *' wordt weergegeven tot wanneer de offerte geldig is; " -"na die datum zal de offerte \"Vervallen\" zijn. Door op de offerte te " -"klikken, ziet u alle details van de aanbieding, de prijzen en andere nuttige" -" informatie." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the " +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" msgstr "" -"Als u de offerte wilt accepteren, klikt u op \"Accepteren en betalen\" en de" -" offerte wordt bevestigd. Als u het niet wilt accepteren of als u enkele " -"wijzigingen wilt vragen, klikt u op \"Vraag wijzigingen en afwijzen\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" @@ -85,19 +73,15 @@ msgstr "Verkooporders" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. " -"will be registered under this section." +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." msgstr "" -"Al uw aankopen binnen Odoo zoals verlingen, thema's, toepassingen, enz. " -"worden onder dit gedeelte geregistreerd." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products " +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." msgstr "" -"Door op de verkooporder te klikken, kunt u de details van de gekochte " -"producten/diensten bekijken en de betaling doen en/of bekijken." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" @@ -105,21 +89,16 @@ msgstr "Facturen" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, " -"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate " -"you if the invoice has been paid." +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." msgstr "" -"Alle facturen van uw abonnement (en) of gegenereerd door een verkooporder " -"worden in deze sectie getoond. Het label boven het verschuldigde bedrag " -"geeft aan of de factuur is betaald." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" -"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice or download a PDF version of the document." +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." msgstr "" -"Klik gewoon op de factuur als u meer informatie wilt zien, de factuur wilt " -"betalen of een PDF-versie van het document wilt downloaden." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" @@ -127,88 +106,64 @@ msgstr "Tickets" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find " -"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our " -"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een ticket indient via `Odoo-ondersteuning " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>` __ wordt er een ticket aangemaakt. Hier vindt u" -" alle tickets die u hebt geopend, het gesprek tussen u en onze support " -"medewerkers, de status van het ticket en de ID (# Ref)." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "Abonnementen" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 msgid "" -"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first " +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." msgstr "" -"Je hebt vanuit dit gedeelte toegang tot je abonnement bij Odoo. De eerste " -"pagina toont u de abonnementen die u hebt en hun status." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" -"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding" -" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing " -"information and the payment method." +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." msgstr "" -"Door op het abonnement te klikken krijgt u toegang tot alle details met " -"betrekking tot uw abonnement: dit omvat het aantal gekochte applicaties, de " -"factuurinformatie en de betaalmethode." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" -"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." msgstr "" -"Om de betaalmethode te wijzigen, klikt u op \"Betalingswijze wijzigen\" en " -"voert u de nieuwe creditcardgegevens in." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on " -"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on " -"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." msgstr "" -"Als u opgeslagen creditcards wilt verwijderen, kunt u dit doen door te " -"klikken op \"Beheer uw betaalmethoden\" onderaan de pagina. Klik vervolgens " -"op \"Verwijderen\" om de betaalmethode te verwijderen." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " "change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." +" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" +" no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" -"Op de datum van de volgende factuur, als er geen betalingsinformatie is " -"opgegeven of als uw creditcard is verlopen, verandert de status van uw " -"abonnement in \"To Renew\". U heeft dan 7 dagen om een geldige " -"betalingsmethode op te geven. Na deze periode wordt het abonnement gesloten " -"en hebt u geen toegang meer tot de database." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" msgstr "Success Packs" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " "provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" -"Met een \"Success Pack\" / \"Partner Success Pack\" krijgt u een consultant " -"toegewezen om unieke gepersonaliseerde assistentie te bieden waarmee u uw " -"omgeving kunt aanpassen en uw workflows kunt optimaliseren als onderdeel van" -" uw eerste implementatie. Deze uren verlopen nooit, waardoor u ze kunt " -"gebruiken wanneer u ondersteuning nodig heeft." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 969bb4426..f6fcbf180 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" @@ -267,13 +267,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" msgstr "" -"Indien u uw klanten wilt factureren gebaseerd op de gespendeerde tijd van de" -" taak is het ook nodig om de module **Urenstaten** te installeren. Ga naar " -"de applicatie module en installeer het volgende:" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 897009033..5a2aa00ec 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2019 +# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Inkopen" +msgstr "Inkoop" #: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkopen" +msgstr "Inkoop" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 msgid "Master Data" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -584,348 +584,54 @@ msgstr "" "toe." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Factuurcontrole" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" -"U begint met een **Offerteaanvraag (RFQ)** om uit te zenden naar uw " -"leverancier(s)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal de leverancier uw RFQ heeft geaccepteerd bevestigd u de RFQ naar een" -" **Inkooporder (PO)**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" -"De PO bevestigen genereert een **Inkomende zending** indien u " -"voorraadproducten heeft aangekocht." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." msgstr "" -"Het proces kan gedaan worden door drie verschillende mensen binnen het " -"bedrijf, maar ook door één iemand." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "De Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties installeren" +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," msgstr "" -"Vanuit de **Apps** applicatie zoekt u voor de **Inkoopbeheer** module en " -"installeert u deze. Vanwege bepaalde afhankelijkheden zal het installeren " -"van de inkoopbeheer module automatisch de modules **Magazijn** en " -"**Facturatie** installeren." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "Producten aanmaken" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u het product aanmaakt moet u letten op het **Producttype** veld, " -"aangezien het belangrijk is:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Beheer uw leveranciersrekeningen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "Koop producten of diensten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Valideer de inkooporder en ontvang producten vanuit de **Magazijn** " -"applicatie." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "Producten ontvangen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" -"Als u deze route volgt, komt u op een lijst met alle bestellingen die nog " -"moeten worden ontvangen." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "Aankoop van ** Diensten ** -producten leidt niet tot een levering." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Beheer leverancier rekeningen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" -"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Factuur fabrikant matching" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "Of de leverancier rekent u iets aan dat u niet besteld heeft." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" -"Standaard zijn diensten gebaseerd op bestelde hoeveelheden, terwijl " -"voorraadproducten en verbruiksartikelen beheerd worden gebaseerd op " -"ontvangen hoeveelheden." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" -"U kan vervolgens de standaard beheer methode van het geselecteerde product " -"wijzigen om gebaseerd te zijn op:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "Ontvangen hoeveelheden" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 @@ -1101,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "Leverancier" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." msgstr "" -"U kunt een leverancier, een contactpersoon, vinden op naam, TIN, E-mail of " +"U kunt een leverancier, een contactpersoon, vinden op naam, BTW, e-mail of " "interne referentie." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 @@ -1114,9 +820,9 @@ msgid "" "matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " "on the delivery order sent by your vendor." msgstr "" -"Referentie van de verkooporder of bieding van uw leverancier. Het is " -"bedoelde om de koppeling te doen tussen ontvangen producten omdat deze " -"referentie meestal geschreven is op de pakbon verzonden door uw leverancier." +"Referentie van de verkooporder of bieding van uw leverancier. Het is bedoeld" +" om de koppeling te doen tussen ontvangen producten omdat deze referentie " +"meestal geschreven is op de pakbon verzonden door uw leverancier." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Order Date" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 32fa7c35d..baf4f9f90 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Vincent van Reenen <vincentvanreenen@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019 +# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Vincent van Reenen <vincentvanreenen@gmail.com>, 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -812,136 +812,159 @@ msgid "" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " "searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Verschillende prijzen per product" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Prijzen per klantsegment" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Prijslijsten maken voor uw klantsegmenten: b.v. Partner, eindgebruiker, " "distributeur enz." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Tijdelijke prijzen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Speciale prijs acties voor b.v. weekends, enz. Vul de start- en einddatums " "in." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Prijzen per minimale hoeveelheid" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Kortingen, marges, afrondingen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Zorg ervoor dat tenminste één prijslijst van toepassing is voor alle " "producten" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Er zijn 3 berekeningswijzen: vaste prijs, korting en formule." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "Hier zijn verschillende prijs instellingen mogelijk dankzij formules" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Kortingen met afrondingen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "bijv. 20% korting met prijzen afgerond tot 9,99" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "Kosten met verhogingen (retail)" +msgstr "Kosten met markup (retail)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "bijv. verkoopprijs = 2 * kosten (100% markup) met $5 aan minimale marge." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Prijzen per land" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -953,23 +976,23 @@ msgstr "" "overeenkomt met het land. Als er geen land voor de klant is ingesteld, neemt" " Odoo de eerste prijslijst zonder landengroep." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "De standaardprijslijst kan worden gewijzigd bij het maken van een " "verkooporder" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "U kunt de volgorde van de prijslijst wijzigen door deze te verslepen in de " "lijstweergave" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Bereken en toon korting% aan klanten" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -978,21 +1001,21 @@ msgstr "" "kortingspercentage weergeven op de afgedrukte verkooporders en in uw " "eCommerce-catalogus. Om dit te doen:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Pas deze optie toe door ze aan te vinken bij \"instellingen\"" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" @@ -1112,6 +1135,314 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Stel BTW in" +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form <setup.html" +"#developer-form>`_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " +"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " +"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " +"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " +"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" +" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " +"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " +"selling plan is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " +"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " +"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " +"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " +"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " +"Amazon service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" +" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " +"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " +"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " +"Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" +" synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" +" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" @@ -1126,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to" +"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " "and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " "price that is no longer cost effective for you." @@ -1154,8 +1485,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this." -msgstr "Aan de klant zijn kant zien ze dit." +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" @@ -1369,7 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index c4cd81bd2..663faa002 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,19 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -184,14 +186,10 @@ msgstr "" "Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "Hoe zoekmachine optimalisatie doen in Odoo" +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe wordt SEO afgehandeld in Odoo?" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " @@ -202,59 +200,547 @@ msgstr "" " zoals Google. Kort samengevat zorgt goede SEO ervoor dat u meer bezoekers " "krijgt." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" -"Een paar voorbeelden van SEO regels: uw webpagina's zouden sneller moeten " -"laden, u pagina zou slechts één en enkel één titel ``<h1>`` mogen hebben, uw" -" website zou een ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand moeten bevatten, enz." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" -"De Odoo Website Bouwer is waarschijnlijk de meeste SEO klare CMS die er op " -"de markt is. Wij beschouwen SEO een topprioriteit. Om Odoo Website en Odoo " -"eCommerce gebruikers een goede SEO te garanderen extraheert Odoo alle " -"technische complexiteit van SEO en handelt deze alles voor u af, in de best " -"mogelijke manier." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "Paginasnelheid" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta Tags" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Sleutelwoorden" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo slides**: publiceer al uw Powerpoint of PDF presentaties. Hun inhoud " +"is automatisch geïndexeerd op de webpagina. Bijvoorbeeld: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Forum**: laat uw gemeenschap inhoud voor u maken. Bijvoorbeeld: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% " +"van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo maillijst archief**: publiceer maillijst archieven op uw website. " +"Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per " +"maand)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Sociale netwerk" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Sociaal delen" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook pagina" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Test uw website" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"U kan vergelijken hoe uw website het doet, in termen van SEO, tegen Odoo met" +" behulp van de gratis WooRank dienst: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URL's structuur" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden " +"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 " +"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude " +"productnaam)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een " +"blogcategorie en een post):" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de " +"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina " +"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO " +"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het " +"updaten van alle links:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe " +"website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen " +"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een " +"slechte reputatie hebben." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar" +" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse " +"versie)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende" +" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), " +"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code " +"gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: " +"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de " +"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introductie" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" -"De tijd om een pagina te laden is een belangrijk criteria voor Google. Een " -"snellere website verbeterd niet enkel uw bezoekers zijn ervaring maar Google" -" geeft u ook een betere ranking als u pagina sneller laad dan deze van " -"concurrenten. Sommige studies hebben aangetoond dat als u de laadtijd van uw" -" pagina door twee deelt (bijvoorbeeld 2 seconden in plaats van 4) dat de " -"bezoekers slechts half zo snel de website afsluiten. (25% naar 12.5%). Een " -"extra seconde om een pagina te laten kan `$1.6b kosten aan Amazon in verkoop" -" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " @@ -264,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruikt om de laadsnelheid te verhogen. U kan vergelijken hoe uw website " "presteert met deze twee tools:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" @@ -272,27 +758,85 @@ msgstr "" "`Google pagina snelheid " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "`Pingdom Website snelheidstest <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "Statische bronnen: CSS" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Afbeeldingen" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden " +"ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt " +"optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, " +"niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat," +" indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die " +"niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de " +"officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen " +"van de ``<img>`` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt " +"attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font " +"(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in de" +" meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in" +" uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -"Alle CSS bestanden zijn pre-processed, geconcateneerd, minified, " -"gecomprimeerd en gecached (aan de server en browser kant). Het resultaat:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "slechts één CSS bestandsverzoek is nodig om een pagina te laden" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " @@ -302,91 +846,33 @@ msgstr "" "wanneer bezoekers klikken op een andere pagina, de browser geen enkel CSS " "bestand moet inladen." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "dit CSS bestand is geoptimaliseerd om klein te zijn" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" -"**Voorbewerkt:** Het CSS framework dat door Odoo 9 gebruikt wordt is " -"bootstrap 3. Alhoewel een thema een ander framework kan gebruiken zullen de " -"meeste `Odoo thema's <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ de bootstrap " -"rechtstreekt uitbreiden of personaliseren. Omdat Odoo Less en Sass " -"ondersteunt kan u CSS regels wijzigen in plaats van ze te overschrijven via " -"extra CSS lijnen, wat resulteert in een kleiner bestand." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -"**Geconcateneerd:** elke module of bibliotheek die u mogelijk gebruikt in " -"Odoo heeft zijn eigen set van CSS, Less of Sass bestanden (e-commerce, blog," -" thema, enz.) Verschillende CSS bestanden hebben is geweldig voor de " -"modulariteit, maar niet goed voor de performantie omdat de meeste browsers " -"maar 6 aanvragen parallel kunnen uitvoeren wat resulteert in veel bestanden " -"die niet in series worden ingeladen. De latentietijd is normaal gezien veel " -"langer voor kleine bestanden zoals .JS en .CSS dan de actuele data overzet " -"tijd. Dus, de tijd om CSS bronnen te laden is meer afhankelijk van het " -"aantal aanvragen dan de echte bestandsgrootte." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -400,7 +886,50 @@ msgstr "" " efficiënt is. Als de CSS gedeeld wordt over alle pagina's hoeft de browser " "geen nieuw CSS bestand te laden wanneer een andere pagina wordt open gedaan!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het <head>**" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -421,17 +950,14 @@ msgstr "" "ingeladen wordt wanneer de bezoekers aanmelden en de back-end opendoen " "(/web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -"Als het CSS bestand erg groot is zal Odoo het in twee kleinere bestanden " -"opsplitsen om de 4095 selectors limiet per pagina in Internet Explorer 8 te " -"vermijden. Maar de meeste thema's zitten onder deze limiet." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." @@ -439,82 +965,62 @@ msgstr "" "**Minified:** Na het pre-processen en concateneren zal de resulterende CSS " "geminificeerd worden om de grootte te verkleinen." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "**Voor minificatie**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "**Na minificatie**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* sommige commentaren \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" "Het uiteindelijke resultaat is dan gecomprimeerd, voordat het aan de browser" " wordt aangeleverd." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -"Vervolgens is er een gecachte versie die bewaard wordt aan de serverkant " -"(zodat we niet hoeven te processen op voorhand, geen concatenatie moeten " -"doen en geen minifying bij elke aanvraag) en aan de browserkant (zodat " -"dezelfde bezoeker zijn CSS slechts één keer laad voor alle pagina's die hij " -"bezoekt)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -"Indien u in debug modus zit zal de CSS niet geconcateneerd of geminified " -"worden. Hierdoor is het gemakkelijker om te debuggen (maar is het veel " -"trager)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "Statische bronnen: JavaScript" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -"Zoals met CSS bronnen zijn JavaScript bronnen ook geconcateneerd, minified, " -"gecomprimeerd en gecached (op de serverkant en browserkant)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo maakt drie JavaScript bundels aan:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" +"validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -"Een voor alle pagina's van de website (inclusief code voor parallax " -"effecten, formulier validatie, ...)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -"Een voor algemene JavaScript code die gedeeld wordt met de front-end en " -"back-end (bootstrap)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" @@ -522,100 +1028,27 @@ msgstr "" "Een voor back-end specifieke JavaScript code (Odoo Web Client interface voor" " uw werknemers die Odoo gebruiken)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -"De meeste bezoekers op uw website hebben enkel de twee eerste bundels nodig," -" wat resultaat in een maximum van twee JavaScript bestanden die geladen en " -"gerenderd moeten worden op een pagina. Omdat deze bestanden gedeeld worden " -"met alle pagina's zullen verdere klikken door dezelfde bezoeker niet " -"resulteren in het laden van extra JavaScript bronnen." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " "nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" " the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " "from their original versions." msgstr "" -"Indien u werkt in de debug modus zal de CSS en JavaScript niet " -"geconcateneerd worden en ook niet verkleind. Dus is het veel trager. Dit " -"staat u toe om gemakkelijk te debuggen met de Chrome debugger aangezien CSS " -"en JavaScript bronnen niet getransformeerd worden vanuit hun originele " -"versies." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Afbeeldingen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u nieuwe afbeeldingen upload met de website bouwer zal Odoo " -"automatisch deze comprimeren om de grootte te verkleinen. (verliesloze " -"compressie voor .PNG en .GIF en lichte verlies compressie voor .JPG)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden " -"ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt " -"optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, " -"niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat," -" indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die " -"niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de " -"officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen " -"van de ``<img>`` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt " -"attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font " -"(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in de" -" meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in" -" uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" @@ -625,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "(JavaScript, CSS, afbeeldingen) geladen van het Content Delivery Netwerk. " "Een Content Delivery Netwerk heeft drie voordelen:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" @@ -633,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Laad bronnen van een dichtbij zijnde server (meeste CDN's hebben servers in " "de belangrijkste landen over de wereld)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" @@ -641,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cache bronnen efficiënt (er worden geen resources gebruikt op uw eigen " "server voor de berekening)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " @@ -651,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" "meerdere bronnen parallel kan laden (Sinds de Chrome limiet van 6 parallelle" " aanvragen op domeinniveau is)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" @@ -660,11 +1093,11 @@ msgstr "" " van het configuratie menu. Hier is een voorbeeld van een configuratie die u" " kan gebruiken:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "HTML pagina's" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." @@ -672,17 +1105,14 @@ msgstr "" "De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal " "afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -"De Odoo website bouwer is geoptimaliseerd om propere en korte HTML code te " -"garanderen. Bouwstenen zijn ontwikkeld om propere HTML code te genereren, " -"normaal gezien door de bootstrap en de HTML editor te gebruiken." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " @@ -692,11 +1122,11 @@ msgstr "" "paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de " "volgende code genereren:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" @@ -704,43 +1134,32 @@ msgstr "" "Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code " "produceert:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Responsief design" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -"Vanaf 2015 worden websites die niet mobiel vriendelijk zijn negatief " -"beïnvloed in de Google Pagina ranking. Alle Odoo thema's gebruiken Bootstrap" -" 3 om zich efficiënt aan te passen aan het toestel: vaste pc, tablet of " -"mobiele telefoon." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +"website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -"Omdat alle Odoo modules dezelfde technologie delen zijn absoluut alle " -"pagina's in onze website mobiel vriendelijk. (in tegenstelling tot " -"traditionele CMS welke mobiel vriendelijke thema's hebben, maar sommige " -"specifieke modules of pagina's zijn niet ontworpen om mobiel vriendelijk te " -"zijn omdat ze allemaal hun eigen CSS frameworks hebben)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "Browser caching" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -758,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr "" "Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw " "website wijzigt." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." @@ -767,524 +1186,42 @@ msgstr "" "deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de " "bron update." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Schaalbaarheid" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" -"Bovenop dat het snel is is Odoo ook beter schaalbaar dan de traditionele CMS" -" en e-commerce platformen (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). De " -"volgende linken bieden een analyse van het grootste open source CMS en " -"e-commerce platformen vergeleken met Odoo wanneer het aan komt op hoge query" -" volumes." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" msgstr "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." msgstr "" -"Hier is de dia die de schaalbaarheid van de Odoo eCommerce en Odoo CMS " -"samenvat. (gebaseerd op Odoo versie 8, Odoo 9 is nog sneller)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "URL's afhandeling" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "URL's structuur" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = de taal van de pagina. Dit gedeelte van de URL is verwijderd " -"als de bezoekers de website in de hoofdtaal bezoekt (standaard Engels maar u" -" kan ook een andere taal als de hoofdtaal instellen). Dus de Engelse versie " -"van deze pagina is: https://www.mijnwebsite.com/shop/product/my-great-" -"product-31" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" -"**/shop/product** = elke module definieert zijn eigen naam (/shop is voor de" -" catalogus van de eCommerce module, /shop/product is voor een " -"productpagina). Deze kan niet gepersonaliseerd worden om conflicten in " -"verschillende URL's te voorkomen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" -"**mijn-geweldig-product** = standaard is dit de slugified titel van het " -"product waar deze pagina naar linkt. Maar u kan het personaliseren voor SEO " -"doeleinden. Een product genaamd \"Pain carré\" wordt geslugified naar " -"\"pain-carre\". Afhankelijk van de naam kunnen dit verschillende objecten " -"zijn (blogberichten, pagina titels, forumberichten, forum reacties, " -"productcategorieën, enz)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden " -"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 " -"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude " -"productnaam)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" -"Dit kan handig zijn om gemakkelijk een kortere versie van een URL te krijgen" -" en efficiënt 301 doorverwijzingen af te handelen wanneer de productnaam " -"doorheen de tijd wijzigt." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een " -"blogcategorie en een post):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "Bedrijfsnieuws: is de titel van de blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "Het Odoo verhaal: is de titel van een specifieke blogpost" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de " -"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina " -"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" -"De taalcode fr\\_FR hebben is niet perfect in begrippen voor SEO. Hoewel de " -"meeste zoekmachines tegenewoordig \"\\_\" beschouwen als een woord scheider " -"was dit niet altijd zo. We plannen om dit te verbeteren in Odoo 10." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO " -"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het " -"updaten van alle links:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "Odoo update automatisch alle links naar de nieuwe URL's" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" -"Indien externe websites nog naar de oude URL verwijzen zal een 301 omleiding" -" uitgevoerd worden om bezoekers naar de nieuwe website door te sturen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "Verwijst automatisch door naar:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" -"In het kort, wijzig gewoon de titel van uw blogbericht of de naam van een " -"product en de wijzigingen wordt automatisch toegepast doorheen uw website. " -"De oude link zal nog steeds werken voor links die komen van externe " -"websites. (met een 301 doorverwijzing om de SEO links niet kwijt te geraken)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Sinds augustus 2014 is Google gestart met het toevoegen van een rank boost " -"voor websites met HTTPS/SSL. Dus standaard zijn alle Odoo Online instanties " -"volledig gebaseerd op HTTPS. Als de bezoeker uw website bezoekt via een niet" -" HTTPS url krijgt hij een 301 doorverwijzing naar de HTTPS pagina." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "Links: nofollow strategie" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" -"Een website hebben die linkt naar uw eigen pagina's is een belangrijke rol " -"voor hoe uw pagina rankt in de verschillende zoekmachines. Hoe meer de " -"pagina extern gelinkt is vanuit kwaliteitsvolle websites, hoe beter dit is " -"voor je SEO." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "Odoo volgt de volgende strategieën om links te beheren:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Elke link die u manueel aanmaakt wanneer u een pagina aanmaakt in Odoo is " -"\"dofollow\", wat betekend dat de link mee helpt aan de SEO voor deze " -"gelinkte pagina." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" -"Elke link aangemaakt door een bijdrager (forum post, blog reactie, ...) die " -"doorlinkt naar uw website is ook \"dofollow\"." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe " -"website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen " -"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een " -"slechte reputatie hebben." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat, wanneer u het forum gebruikt, dat bijdragers die veel karma " -"hebben betrouwbaar zijn. In dit geval hebben hun links geen " -"``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribuut." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "Meertalige ondersteuning" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "Meertalige URL's" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar" -" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Engelse versie = " -"standaard)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse " -"versie)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende" -" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), " -"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "Taal annotatie" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" -"Om Google te vertellen dat de tweede URL de Franse vertaling van de eerste " -"URL is voegt Odoo een HTML link element toe in de hoofding. In de HTML " -"<head> sectie van de Engelse versie zal Odoo automatisch een link toevoegen " -"die linkt naar de andere versies van die webpagina;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" -"Odoo kent de verschillende vertaalde versies van uw pagina en stelt de " -"correcte versie voor afhankelijk van de taal van de bezoeker die zoekt op " -"Google" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" -"U wordt niet gestraft door Google als uw pagina nog niet vertaald is, omdat " -"het geen gedupliceerde inhoud is, maar een andere versie van dezelfde " -"inhoud." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "Taal detectie" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer een bezoeker voor de eerste keer op uw website beland (bijvoorbeeld " -"uwwebsite.com/shop) zal deze automatisch doorverwijzen naar een vertaalde " -"versie zoals de taal van de browser staat ingesteld: (bijvoorbeeld " -"uwwebsite.com/nl\\_NL/shop)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" -"Odoo verwijst bezoekers enkel de eerste keer door naar hun verkozen taal op " -"de hoofdpagina van uw website. Hierna houdt het een cookie bij van de " -"huidige taal om enige doorverwijzingen te voorkomen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code " -"gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: " -"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de " -"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta Tags" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "Titels, sleutelwoorden en omschrijvingen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" -"Elke webpagina moet de ``<title>``, ``<description>`` en ``<keywords>`` meta" -" data definiëren. Deze informatie elementen worden gebruikt door " -"zoekmachines om de webpagina te ranken en categoriseren naar gelang uw " -"specifieke zoekopdracht. Het is dus belangrijk om titels en sleutelwoorden " -"te hebben die overeenkomen met wat mensen zoeken in Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" -"Om kwaliteitsvolle meta tags te schrijven, die het aantal bezoekers naar uw " -"website verhoogt, biedt Odoo een **Promoot** tool aan, in de bovenste " -"navigatiebalk van uw website bouwer. Deze tool contacteert Google om u " -"informatie te geven over sleutelwoorden en zoekt naar overeenkomsten met " -"titels en inhoud op uw pagina." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" -"Indien uw website in meerder talen is kan u de promotie tool gebruiken voor " -"elke taal van een pagina;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" -"In termen van SEO is inhoud de koning. Daarom spelen blogs een belangrijke " -"rol in uw inhoudsstrategie. Om u te helpen met het optimaliseren van al uw " -"blog berichten biedt Odoo een pagina aan die u toestaat om snel te scannen " -"naar de meta tags van al uw blogberichten." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Deze /blog pagina rendert anders voor publiekelijke bezoekers die niet " -"aangemeld zijn als website administrators. Ze krijgen niet de waarschuwingen" -" en sleutelwoorden informatie." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Sitemap" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -"Odoo genereert automatisch een ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand voor u. Voor " -"performantie redenen wordt dit bestand elke 12 uren gecached en geüpdatet." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1298,56 +1235,42 @@ msgstr "" "protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per " "bestand." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -"``<lastmod>`` : laatste datum van wijziging van het bestand, automatisch " -"berekend gebaseerd op een gerelateerd object. Voor een pagina gerelateerd " -"aan een product kan dit de laatste wijzigingsdatum zijn van het product of " -"de pagina" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -"``<priority>`` : modules kunnen hun eigen prioriteit algoritme " -"implementeren gebaseerd op hun inhoud (bijvoorbeeld: een forum kan een " -"prioriteit toewijzen gebaseerd op het aantal stemmen van een specifieke " -"post). De prioriteit van een statische pagina is bepaald door het prioriteit" -" veld, wat genormaliseerd is. (16 is de standaard)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" -"Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup wordt gebruikt om rijke snippets te " -"genereren in zoekmachine resultaten. Het is een manier voor website " -"eigenaren om gestructureerde data te sturen naar zoekmachine robots; helpen " -"om hen uw inhoud te begrijpen en het maken van mooi gepresenteerde " -"zoekresultaten." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -1355,7 +1278,7 @@ msgstr "" "Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: " "Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1368,127 +1291,35 @@ msgstr "" "toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals" " de prijs en beoordeling van een product:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo maakt automatisch een``/robots.txt`` bestand voor uw website. De inhoud" -" is:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "Gebruiker-agent: \\*" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "Inhoud is koning" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer het op SEO aankomt is de inhoud meestal de koning. Odoo biedt " -"verschillende modules aan om uw inhoud te helpen opbouwen op uw website:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo slides**: publiceer al uw Powerpoint of PDF presentaties. Hun inhoud " -"is automatisch geïndexeerd op de webpagina. Bijvoorbeeld: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Forum**: laat uw gemeenschap inhoud voor u maken. Bijvoorbeeld: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% " -"van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo maillijst archief**: publiceer maillijst archieven op uw website. " -"Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per " -"maand)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" -"De 404 pagina is een standaard pagina, die u kunt wijzigen zoals eender " -"welke andere pagina in Odoo. Hierdoor kan u een fantastische 404 pagina " -"bouwen die doorverwijst naar de hoofdpagina van uw website." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "Sociale functies" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "Twitter kaarten" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" -"Odoo heeft nog geen Twitter kaarten geïmplementeerd. Dit wordt gedaan in de " -"volgende versie." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Sociale netwerk" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" -"Odoo staat u toe om alle sociale netwerk accounts te linken in uw website. " -"Het enige dat u moet doen is al uw accounts opgeven in het **Instellingen** " -"menu van de **Website Admin** applicatie." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Test uw website" - #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -"U kan vergelijken hoe uw website het doet, in termen van SEO, tegen Odoo met" -" behulp van de gratis WooRank dienst: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" @@ -1687,16 +1518,463 @@ msgstr "Hoe SSL inschakelen (HTTPS) voor mijn Odoo instantie" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." msgstr "" -"Schakel een externe partij CDN dienst in, zoals CloudFlare.com, om SSL in te" -" schakelen." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Opties toevoegen" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Producten" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forums" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Evenementen" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Functies" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Prijslijsten" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 0e6751f74..065cd8d09 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Sergey Doroshenko <sdoroshenko@artwebny.com>, 2018 +# Sergey Doroshenko <sdoroshenko@artwebny.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Бухоблік" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "Банк та готівка" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Банківська виписка" +msgstr "Банківські виписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "" "За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл CODA з вашого банку або " -"облікового програмного забезпечення та імпортувати його безпосередньо в " -"Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." +"програмного забезпечення бухобліку та імпортувати його безпосередньо в Odoo." +" Це створить всі банківські виписки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 @@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " "банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть до облікового запису **Інформаційна панель** і натисніть кнопку " -"**Більше** на картці банківського рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати " -"виписку**, щоб завантажити свій перший файл CODA." +"перейдіть до **Панелі приладів** бухобліку і натисніть кнопку **Більше** на " +"картці банківського рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " +"завантажити свій перший файл CODA." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgid "" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." msgstr "" -"Odoo може автоматично визначити, якщо деякі файли або транзакції вже були " +"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи деякі файли або транзакції вже були " "імпортовані. Отже, ви не повинні турбуватися про те, щоб уникати " "імпортування двох файлів одного і того ж файлу: Odoo перевірить все для вас," " перш ніж створювати нові банківські виписки." @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" @@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб імпортувати виписки OFX, вам слід активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У " "програмі Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`. З налаштувань обліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок " -"** Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX ** і застосуйте." +"Налаштування`. З налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських " +"виписок **Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX** і застосуйте." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -549,9 +549,9 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"Після створення рахунку PayPal поверніться на Інформаційну панель " -"**бухобліку** та натисніть кнопку **Синхронізувати**. У діалоговому вікні " -"виберіть **PayPal** як онлайн-установу та натисніть кнопку налаштування." +"Після створення рахунку PayPal поверніться на панель приладів **Бухобліку** " +"та натисніть кнопку **Синхронізувати**. У діалоговому вікні виберіть " +"**PayPal** як онлайн-установу та натисніть кнопку налаштування." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." @@ -567,18 +567,18 @@ msgid "" "account)." msgstr "" "Ваш Paypal **повинен бути англійською** (якщо це не виходить, ви повинні " -"змінити значення вашого рахунку Paypal), і якщо ви використовуєте рахунок " -"Paypal, ви повинні повернутися до старого інтерфейсу, щоб він працював з " -"інтернет-виписками (ви може перейти від нового до старого інтерфейсу у " -"вашому Paypal). " +"змінити мову вашого рахунку Paypal), і якщо ви використовуєте бізнес-рахунок" +" Paypal, ви повинні повернутися до старого інтерфейсу, щоби він працював з " +"онлайн-виписками (ви може перемикатися із нового на старий інтерфейс у " +"вашому рахунку Paypal). " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви цього не зробите, ви отримаєте повідомлення або про те, що поставити" -" Paypal англійською або про те, що сайт не підтримується." +"Якщо ви цього не зробите, ви отримаєте повідомлення про те, щоби виставити " +"Paypal англійською або про те, що сайт не підтримується." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -588,9 +588,9 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" "Якщо ви правильно налаштували рахунок Paypal, ви повинні перейти до " -"наступного кроку налаштування Інтернет-виписок. Там у вас буде екран із " -"датою для отримання транзакції та список вибраних рахунків. Ви повинні " -"вибрати рахунок **балансу Paypal**." +"наступного кроку налаштування онлайн-виписок. Там у вас буде екран із датою " +"для отримання транзакції та список вибраних рахунків. Ви повинні вибрати " +"рахунок **балансу Paypal**." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -660,8 +660,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Для імпорту звітів QIF потрібно активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У програмі " "Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З" -" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортуйте " -"у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте." +" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортувати" +" у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -672,8 +672,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " "банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть на інформаційну панель бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на" -" банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " +"перейдіть на панель приладів бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на " +"банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " "завантажити свій перший файл QIF." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ msgid "" "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" "У банківській формі на вкладці Банківський рахунок встановіть опцію " -"банківських виписок для **синхронізації банківської виписки**." +"банківських виписок для **Синхронізації банківської виписки**." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "синхронізовані кожні 4 години." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -846,31 +846,31 @@ msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -"Однак ви можете примусити синхронізацію, натиснувши кнопку \"Синхронізувати " -"зараз\" на інформаційній панелі бухобліку." +"Однак ви можете запустити синхронізацію, натиснувши кнопку \"Синхронізувати " +"зараз\" на панелі приладів бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" " status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." +"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -"Крім того, транзакцію можна побачити у вашому банківському рахунку, але не " -"завантажується Yodlee. Дійсно, транзакція на вашому банківському рахунку " -"може мати статус \"очікування\", а не статус \"опубліковано\". У такому " -"випадку Yodlee не імпортує його, вам доведеться зачекати, поки статус " -"зміниться." +"Більше того, транзакція може бути помітна на вашому банківському рахунку, " +"але Yodlee її не може отримати. Дійсно, транзакція на вашому банківському " +"рахунку може мати статус \"в очікуванні\", а не статус \"опубліковано\". У " +"такому випадку Yodlee не імпортує його, вам доведеться почекати, поки статус" +" зміниться." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." +" bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -"Важливо пам'ятати, що Yodlee - це не служба, яка отримує транзакції в режимі" -" реального часу. Це послуга, що полегшує імпорт банківської виписки в базу " -"даних." +"Важливо пам'ятати, що Yodlee не є операцією з отримання послуг у режимі " +"реального часу. Це сервіс для полегшення імпорту банківських виписок до бази" +" даних." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" @@ -905,25 +905,24 @@ msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" " may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." +"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -"Це означає, що Yodlee в даний час працює над розробкою синхронізації з цим " -"банком. Синхронізація може вже працювати, або може знадобитися трохи більше " -"часу для 100% робочої синхронізації. На жаль, мало що вийде зробити, крім " -"терпіння." +"Це означає, що Yodlee лише зараз працює над синхронізацією з цим банком. " +"Синхронізація може вже працювати, або для 100% робочої синхронізації може " +"знадобитися трохи більше часу. На жаль, необхідно трохи терпіння." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Всі ваші минулі операції не в Odoo, чому?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "Yodlee дозволяє тільки отримувати транзакції до 3 місяців у минулому." +msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "Yodlee дозволяє здійснювати транзакції лише до 3 місяців." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Інші" +msgstr "Різне" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" @@ -936,10 +935,10 @@ msgid "" "money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто розміщують " -"ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок партіями. Оскільки ці гроші були отримані" -" у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну повернути чеки в " -"банк." +"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто групою " +"розміщують ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок. Оскільки ці гроші були " +"отримані у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну принести " +"чеки в банк." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -994,7 +993,7 @@ msgid "" "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" "Щоб перевірити, чи встановлено функцію **Пакетний депозит**, перейдіть в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` меню додатку Бухоблік. " +"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` додатку Бухоблік. " "перевірте функцію: **Дозволити пакетний депозит**." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 @@ -1052,20 +1051,20 @@ msgstr "Отримати чеки клієнтів" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви запишете отримані чеки, зафіксуйте їх на банківському " -"рахунку, на який ви плануєте депонувати. Вибравши банківський рахунок (або " -"перевірте журнал, що ви налаштували в Odoo таким способом), Odoo пропонує " -"вам використовувати пакетний депозит. Виберіть цей параметр, якщо ви " -"плануєте внести чек у свій банк." +"Після того, як ви отримаєте чеки, запишіть їх на банківський рахунок, на " +"який ви плануєте їх внести. Вибравши банківський рахунок (або чековий " +"журнал, якщо ви налаштували Odoo таким чином), Odoo пропонує вам " +"використовувати пакетний депозит. Виберіть цей варіант, якщо плануєте здати " +"чек у свій банк." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "У полі замітки ви можете встановити посилання на чек." +msgstr "У полі замітки ви можете встановити референс чеку." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1093,13 +1092,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." msgstr "" -"Виберіть банк, а потім виберіть платежі (чеки), які ви хочете додати в цей " -"депозит. За замовчуванням Odoo пропонує вам всі чеки, які ще не були " -"депозитом. Таким чином, ви можете підтвердити, що ви не забули чи втратили " -"чек." +"Виберіть банк, а потім виберіть платежі (чеки), які потрібно додати в цей " +"депозит. За замовчуванням Odoo пропонує вам усі чеки, які ще не були здані " +"на зберігання. Таким чином ви зможете переконатися, що ви не забули або " +"втратили чек." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1126,13 +1125,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете пакетний депозит, Odoo автоматично заповнить всі чеки, що " -"містяться у цьому депозиті, для відповідності. (В цьому пакетному депозиті 2" -" чеки були наведені нижче)" +"Якщо ви виберете пакетний депозит, Odoo автоматично заповнить усі чеки, що " +"містяться в цьому депозиті для співставлення. (2 чеки були в пакетному " +"депозиті в прикладі нижче)" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 @@ -1153,13 +1152,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -"Після встановлення функцій пакетного депозиту вам потрібно перезавантажити " -"сторінку, щоб браузер знав про цю нову функцію. Просто натисніть кнопку " -"перезавантаження свого веб-браузера." +"Після встановлення функції пакетного депозиту вам потрібно перезавантажити " +"сторінку, щоби браузер знав про цю нову функцію. Просто натисніть кнопку " +"перезавантаження вашого браузера." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." @@ -1168,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Що станеться, якщо чеку було відмовлено?" +msgstr "Що станеться, якщо чек було відхилено?" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -1177,16 +1176,16 @@ msgid "" "refused." msgstr "" "Якщо ви маєте меншу суму у банківській виписці, ніж фактична сума у вашому " -"пакетному депозиті, це, ймовірно, означає, що одна з ваших чеків була " -"відхилена." +"пакетному депозиті, це, ймовірно, означає, що один з ваших чеків було " +"відхилено." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку натисніть на рядок, пов'язаний з цим чеком, щоб видалити " -"його з узгодження банківської виписки." +"У цьому випадку натисніть на рядок, пов’язаний з цим чеком, щоби вилучити " +"його зі співставлення банківських виписок." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" @@ -1212,21 +1211,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за умовчанням" +msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за замовчуванням" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Для обробки внутрішніх переказів вам потрібен рахунок переказу у ваших " -"графіках рахунку. Odoo генерує обліковий запис автоматично, залежно від " -"країни вашого рахунку. Щоб вказати свій графік рахунку та перевірити стан " -"рахунку за умовчанням, перейдіть до модуля бухобліку " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." +"Для обробки внутрішніх переказів вам потрібен рахунок переказу у вашому " +"плані рахунків. Odoo автоматично створить рахунок на основі країни вашого " +"плану рахунків. Щоб налаштувати ваш план рахунків і перевірити рахунок " +"переказів за замовчуванням, перейдіть до налаштувань модуля бухобліку, " +"виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1242,9 +1241,9 @@ msgid "" "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -"Плата за передачу за умовчанням буде автоматично створена також залежно від " -"законодавства вашої країни. При необхідності його можна змінити з тієї ж " -"сторінки." +"Рахунок переміщення за замовчуванням буде автоматично створений також " +"залежно від законодавства вашої країни. При необхідності його можна змінити " +"з тієї ж сторінки." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" @@ -1258,7 +1257,7 @@ msgid "" " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -"Перш ніж ми можемо зареєструвати внутрішню передачу, нам потрібно додати " +"Перш ніж ми можемо зареєструвати внутрішнє переміщення, нам потрібно додати " "новий банківський рахунок на нашу інформаційну панель Бухобліку. Для цього " "введіть модуль Бухобліку, натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Банківські рахунки`. Створіть новий банківський рахунок. Ви повинні " @@ -1272,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr "Після збереження змін у вас тепер є 2 ба #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте внутрішню передачу з одного банківського рахунку на інший" +"Зареєструйте внутрішній переказ з одного банківського рахунку на інший" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1284,18 +1283,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "Введіть внутрішню передачу" +msgstr "Введіть внутрішній переказ" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -"Перший крок - зареєструвати внутрішнє розташування. Для цього перейдіть на " -"свою інформаційну панель Бухобліку. натисніть на кнопку **більше** одного з " -"ваших банківських рахунків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній " -"переказ`." +"Перший крок - зареєструвати внутрішній платіж. Для цього перейдіть на свою " +"інформаційну панель Бухобліку. натисніть на кнопку **більше** одного з ваших" +" банків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній переказ`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1303,21 +1301,21 @@ msgid "" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -"Створіть новий платіж. Тип платежу буде автоматично встановлено як внутрішня" -" передача. Виберіть **банківський рахунок**, який ви хочете переказати, " -"вкажіть **суму** та додайте **примітку**, якщо хочете." +"Створіть новий платіж. Тип платежу буде автоматично встановлено як внутрішнє" +" переміщення. Виберіть **Банк**, куди ви хочете виконати переміщення, " +"вкажіть **Суму** та додайте **Примітку**, якщо хочете." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." msgstr "" -"Примітка є важливою важлива, якщо ви хочете автоматичного узгодження. (`див " +"Примітка є важливою, якщо ви хочете автоматичне узгодження. (`див " "<Reconcile_>`_)." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердьте зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж." +msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердіть зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1325,13 +1323,13 @@ msgid "" "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку гроші зараз забронюються на переказний " -"рахунок. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати " +"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку гроші зараз бронюються на рахунок " +"переказу. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати " "гроші кінцевому рахунку." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте" +msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте їх" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1344,16 +1342,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -"Це тому, що ми не імпортували банківську виписку, що підтверджує " -"відправлення та прибуття грошей. Тому необхідно імпортувати виписку з банку " -"та узгодити платіж із правильною банківською випискою. Після того, як ви " -"отримаєте банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нової виписки** " -"відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати її." +"Це тому, що ми не імпортували банківську виписку, яка підтверджує отримання " +"та відправлення грошей. Таким чином, потрібно імпортувати банківську виписку" +" та узгодити платіж із правильним рядком виписки банку. Як тільки ви " +"отримаєте свої банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нова виписка** " +"відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати їх." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1363,11 +1361,11 @@ msgid "" "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -"Заповніть **рядок транзакцій**. Після завершення роботи, Odoo покаже " -"**Комп'ютерний баланс**. що розрахунковий баланс є теоретичним кінцевим " +"Заповніть **Рядок транзакцій**. Після завершення роботи, Odoo покаже " +"**Розрахований баланс**, що розрахунковий баланс є теоретичним кінцевим " "балансом вашого банківського рахунку. Якщо це відповідає банківській " -"виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **кінцевий " -"баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Приєднати**." +"виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **Кінцевий " +"баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Узгодити**." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" @@ -1375,31 +1373,31 @@ msgstr "Відкриється наступне вікно:" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно вибрати колег для виконання. Виберіть правильний рядок " +"Вам потрібно вибрати аналоги для платежу. Виберіть правильний рядок " "банківської виписки, яка відповідає зазначеному параметру, та натисніть " -"кнопку **узгодження**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію." +"кнопку **узгодити**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" -"Ті самі кроки потрібно буде повторювати, коли ви отримаєте другу виписку з " -"банківського рахунку. Зверніть увагу, що якщо ви вказали правильну суму та " -"таку ж примітку в банківській виписці та платіжній транзакції, то узгодження" -" відбудеться автоматично." +"Ці ж кроки потрібно буде повторити після отримання другої банківського " +"виписки. Зауважте, що якщо ви вказуєте однакову суму та однакову примітку як" +" у банківських виписках, так і в платіжних операціях, тоді узгодження " +"відбудеться автоматично." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Узгодження виписок" +msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" @@ -1419,7 +1417,7 @@ msgid "" "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб ілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша " +"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб проілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша " "компанія отримує вартість банківської комісії, яка залежить від поточного " "балансу нашого банківського рахунку. Таким чином, ця плата є змінною." @@ -1434,16 +1432,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" "По-перше, нам потрібно налаштувати дві моделі узгодження. Для цього " -"перейдіть на інформаційну панель програми бухобліку. У своєму банківському " -"журналі натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі " -"узгодження`." +"перейдіть на панель приладів модуля бухобліку. У своєму банківському журналі" +" натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі узгодження`." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" -"Ми хочемо, щоб ми могли легко забронювати нашу банківську плату. Наш банк " +"Ми хочемо, щоб ми могли легко бронювати нашу банківську комісію. Наш банк " "вираховує комісію в залежності від нашого балансу, а це означає, що вона " "може змінюватися щомісяця." @@ -1454,10 +1451,10 @@ msgid "" "\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" -"Ми створимо кнопку Мітка, яка називається Банківська комісія, вибираємо " +"Ми створюємо кнопку Мітка, яка називається Банківська комісія, вибираємо " "правильний рахунок, щоб замовити ці комісії. Крім того, нам також потрібно " "вказати, що тип суми \"Відсоток балансу\" із сумою 100%. Цей параметр " -"дозволить Odoo взяти весь рахунок." +"дозволить Odoo взяти усю комісію в рахунок." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." @@ -1468,8 +1465,8 @@ msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" -"Якщо фіксована сума вашого банківського внеску, ви також можете вибрати " -"**Виправлено** за типом суми та вкажіть суму в квитку суми." +"Якщо фіксована сума вашої банківської комісії, ви також можете вибрати " +"**Виправлено** за типом суми та вкажіть суму." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1503,15 +1500,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Приєднатись**, щоб завершити процес." +msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Узгодити**, щоб завершити процес." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" @@ -1526,68 +1523,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -"Пов'язання банківських виписок з вашим бухобліком може бути великою роботою." -" Вам потрібно знайти рахунки-фактури, пов'язати платежі, і така кількість " -"адміністрації може забрати багато часу. На щастя, з Odoo ви можете дуже " -"легко зв'язати ваші рахунки-фактури або будь-який інший платіж із " -"банківськими виписками." +"Співставлення банківських виписок із вашими бухгалтерськими записами може " +"бути втомливим завданням. Потрібно знайти відповідні рахунки-фактури, " +"порівняти суми та реквізити партнерів з тими, що містяться у виписці з " +"банку. Ці кроки можуть зайняти багато часу. На щастя, за допомогою Odoo ви " +"можете легко співставити рахунки-фактури чи будь-який інший платіжний " +"документ із вашими банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "В Odoo існують два процеси узгодження." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "В Odoo існує дві опції процесу узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "Ми можемо безпосередньо зареєструвати платіж на рахунках-фактурах" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "Ми можемо вказувати платіж прямо на рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Ми можемо узгодити відкриті рахунки з банківськими виписками" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -"Для реєстрації рахунків-фактур особливе налаштування не потрібне. Все, що " -"нам потрібно зробити, це встановити додаток Бухобліку" +"Немає спеціальних налаштувань для запису рахунків. Усе, що нам потрібно " +"зробити, це встановити модуль бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Випадок 1: Реєстрація платежів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -"Ми отримали підтвердження платежу за нашим рахунком-фактурою в розмірі 2100 " -"євро, виданої Smith & Co." +"Ми отримали підтвердження оплати нашого рахунку в розмірі 2100 євро, " +"виданого Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" -"Ми починаємо з нашого виставленого рахунку-фактури 2100 євро для Smith & Co." -" Оскільки проданий товар є послугою, ми вимагаємо негайної оплати. Наш " -"бухгалтер обробляє банківські виписки лише наприкінці тижня, тому ми повинні" -" відмітити рахунок як оплачений, щоб ми могли пам'ятати, що ми можемо почати" -" обслуговування з нашим клієнтом." +"Ми починаємо з нашого рахунка в 2100 євро на Smith & Co. Оскільки проданий " +"товар - це послуга, ми вимагаємо негайної оплати. Наш бухгалтер обробляє " +"банківські виписки лише в кінці тижня, тому нам потрібно позначити цей " +"рахунок-фактуру як сплачений, щоби вказати, що ми можемо почати надавати " +"послуги нашому клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1595,34 +1594,36 @@ msgstr "" "Наш клієнт надсилає нам підтвердження платежу. Таким чином, ми можемо " "зареєструвати платіж та позначити рахунок як оплачений." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" -"Натискаючи **реєстр платежу**, ми повідомляємо Odoo, що наш клієнт сплатив " -"рахунок-фактуру. Таким чином, ми повинні вказати суму та спосіб оплати." +"Натиснувши **зареєструвати платіж,** ми надаємо інформацію в Odoo про те, що" +" наш клієнт оплатив рахунок. Таким чином, нам потрібно вказати суму та " +"спосіб оплати." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -"Ми завжди можемо знайти платіж з рахунку-фактури, натиснувши на " +"Тепер ми можемо завжди знаходити деталі платежу в рахунку, натиснувши " ":menuselection:`Інформація --> Відкрити платіж`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура сплачена, і **узгодження було здійснено автоматично.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Випадок 2: узгодження банківських звітів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1631,27 +1632,27 @@ msgstr "" "компанії Smith & Co.. Давайте також припустимо, що інші рахунки-фактури " "відкриті для різних клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -"Ми отримуємо нашу банківську виписку, і не тільки виплачений рахунок-фактуру" -" Smith & Co, а й рахунок Buzz на суму 92 євро." +"Ми отримуємо нашу банківську виписку і виявляємо, що сплачений не лише " +"рахунок-фактура, видана Smith & Co, але і Buzz у розмірі 92 євро." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -"**Імпортуйте** або **створюйте** банківські виписки. Будь ласка, зверніться " +"**Імпортуйте** або **Створіть** банківські виписки. Будь ласка, зверніться " "до документів у розділі Банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "На інформаційній панелі натисніть **Об'єднати # Елементів**" +msgstr "На інформаційній панелі натисніть **Узгодити # Елементів**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1659,12 +1660,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо все було правильно (правильне ім'я партнера, потрібна сума), odoo " "**автоматично** виконуватиме узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Якщо виявлено деякі проблеми, вам потрібно буде вжити **заходів вручну**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1672,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, якщо у вашій банківській виписці відсутній партнер, просто " "заповніть його:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1680,14 +1681,14 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо оплата здійснюється за допомогою авансового платежу, просто перевірте, " "чи це правильно, і перевірте всі пов'язані платежі:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи у звітах." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановіть" +msgstr "Встановити" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" @@ -1760,6 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" @@ -1793,6 +1795,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Перегляньте *банківський рахунок* у нашій демо онлайн" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "add inherited field tooltip" +msgstr "додайте підказку успадкованого поля" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " +"will be printed or send to the customers" +msgstr "" +"**Відображати на звітах:** Відобразіть цей банківський рахунок на " +"документах, які будуть надруковані або надіслані клієнтам" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " +"to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" +msgstr "" +"**Код ідентифікатора банку** = BIC : SWIFT Призначена адреса банку з метою " +"швидкого та точного відправлення автоматизованих платежів у відповідні банки" + #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " @@ -1811,8 +1847,8 @@ msgid "" "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "" -"У списку банківських рахунків виберіть елементи для видалення та видалення з" -" меню дій або перейдіть до форми та видаліть один елемент з меню дій." +"У списку банківських рахунків виберіть елементи для видалення та видаліть їх" +" з меню дій або перейдіть до форми та видаліть один елемент з меню дій." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" @@ -1939,8 +1975,8 @@ msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -"Інформацію про банківський рахунок у нижньому куті ваших рахунків-фактур, " -"якщо встановлено прапорець **Показати в нижній частині рахунку-фактури**" +"Інформація про банківський рахунок у нижньому куті ваших рахунків-фактур, " +"якщо позначено **Показати в нижній частині рахунка-фактури**" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" @@ -1951,7 +1987,7 @@ msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -"Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, ми отримуємо наступний " +"Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, що ми отримуємо наступний " "рахунок від постачальника у Китаї." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 @@ -1978,7 +2014,7 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" "Це все, що вам потрібно зробити. Odoo автоматично публікує прибуток або " -"витрати від іноземної валюти при узгодженні платежу з рахунком-фактурою, " +"витрати в іноземній валюті при узгодженні платежу з рахунком-фактурою, " "залежно від того, збільшився чи зменшився курс валюти між рахунком-фактурою " "та датою платежу." @@ -2000,9 +2036,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунку-фактури. " +"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунка-фактури. " "Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), " -"завжди виражається в валюті рахунку-фактури." +"завжди виражається у валюті рахунка-фактури." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2011,7 +2047,7 @@ msgid "" "the report below." msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є кілька рахунків-фактур із різними валютами для одного і того ж " -"клієнта, Odoo розподілить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті " +"клієнта, Odoo розділить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті " "нижче." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 @@ -2023,10 +2059,10 @@ msgid "" " be converted in this currency." msgstr "" "У вищезгаданому звіті дебіторська заборгованість, пов'язана з Camptocamp, не" -" управляється в другорядній валюті, а це означає, що вона зберігає кожну " -"транзакцію у власній валюті. Якщо ви віддаєте перевагу, ви можете встановити" -" дебіторську заборгованість цього клієнта з додатковою валютою, і всі його " -"борги автоматично конвертуються у цю валюту." +" керується в другорядній валюті, а це означає, що вона зберігає кожну " +"транзакцію у власній валюті. Якщо хочете, ви можете встановити дебіторську " +"заборгованість цього клієнта з додатковою валютою, і всі його борги " +"автоматично конвертуються у цю валюту." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2040,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Як керувати обліком готівки?" +msgstr "Як вести касовий облік?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2048,7 +2084,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -"Облік готівки - це журнал для реєстрації дебіторської та платіжної операцій." +"Касовий облік - це журнал для реєстрації дебіторської та платіжної операцій." " Він обчислює загальну суму грошей через загальний баланс." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 @@ -2065,7 +2101,7 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" "У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення" -" за умовчанням, а також валюту журналу." +" за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Active" @@ -2074,7 +2110,7 @@ msgstr "Активно" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." msgstr "" -"Встановити активне значення \"помилково\", щоби приховати журнал, не " +"Встановіть активне значення \"помилково\", щоби приховати журнал, не " "видаливши його." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -2106,8 +2142,8 @@ msgid "" "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" " point of sale." msgstr "" -"Встановіть цей прапорець, якщо цей журнал визначає спосіб оплати, який може " -"бути використаний в точці продажу." +"Позначте це, якщо цей журнал визначає спосіб оплати, який може бути " +"використаний в точці продажу." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company" @@ -2146,7 +2182,7 @@ msgstr "Це поле містить інформацію про нумерац #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Виділена послідовність кредитних приміток" +msgstr "Виділена послідовність сторно" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2154,44 +2190,43 @@ msgid "" " credit notes made from this journal" msgstr "" "Позначте це, якщо ви не хочете поділитися однаковою послідовністю для " -"рахунків-фактур та кредитних приміток, створених з цього журналу" +"рахунків-фактур та сторно, створених з цього журналу" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Кредитна примітка: наступний номер" +msgstr "Сторно: наступний номер" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступної кредитної замітки." +msgstr "Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступного сторно." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Послідовність запису кредитної примітки" +msgstr "Послідовність запису сторно" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " "note entries of this journal." msgstr "" -"Це поле містить інформацію, що стосується нумерації записів кредитної " -"замітки цього журналу." +"Це поле містить інформацію, що стосується нумерації записів сторно цього " +"журналу." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Типовий дебетовий рахунок" +msgstr "Дебетовий рахунок за замовчуванням" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Використовується, як типовий дебетовий рахунок" +msgstr "Використовується, як рахунок за замовчуванням для суми дебету" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Типовий кредитовий рахунок" +msgstr "Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Використовується, як типовий кредитовий рахунок" +msgstr "Використовується, як типовий кредитний рахунок" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Currency" @@ -2199,7 +2234,7 @@ msgstr "Валюта" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Валюта, використана у виписці" +msgstr "Валюта, використана для запису виписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" @@ -2241,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Електронний: отримуйте платіж автоматично за допомогою оплати покупця, " "надіславши запит на транзакцію на картці, збереженої клієнтом під час " -"покупки або підписки в онлайн (платіжний токен)." +"покупки або підписки онлайн (платіжний токен)." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2310,7 +2345,7 @@ msgid "" "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " "when generating them from invoices." msgstr "" -"Якщо обрано, то система буде намагатися згрупувати рядки проведень, які " +"Якщо позначено, то система буде намагатися згрупувати рядки проведень, які " "створюватимуться на основі рахунків." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -2345,7 +2380,7 @@ msgid "" "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" " method." msgstr "" -"Технічна функція використовується для того, щоб дізнатись, чи ввімкнено друк" +"Технічна функція використовується для того, щоб дізнатись, чи увімкнено друк" " чеку як спосіб оплати." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -2364,7 +2399,8 @@ msgstr "Ручна нумерація" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "Виберіть цю опцію, якщо ваші пере-друковані чеки не пронумеровані" +msgstr "" +"Виберіть цю опцію, якщо ваші попередньо надруковані чеки не пронумеровані" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Next Check Number" @@ -2376,7 +2412,7 @@ msgstr "Послідовність номера наступного друко #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Сумма Авторизованої Різниці" +msgstr "Різниця авторизованої суми" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2387,9 +2423,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Це поле відображає максимальну різницю, дозволену між кінцевим балансом і " "теоретичною готівкою при закритті сеансу, для менеджерів, що не належать до " -"ТП. Якщо цей максимум досягнуто, користувачеві з'явиться повідомлення про " -"помилку під час закриття його сеансу, вказуючи, що йому потрібно звернутися " -"до менеджера." +"точки продажу. Якщо цей максимум досягнуто, користувачеві з'явиться " +"повідомлення про помилку під час закриття його сеансу, вказуючи, що йому " +"потрібно звернутися до менеджера." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" @@ -2412,8 +2448,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Інформаційна панель --> Готівка " -"--> Реєстрація транзакцій`" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Панель приладів --> Готівка --> " +"Реєстрація транзакцій`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" @@ -2436,7 +2472,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" "Вкладені гроші використовуються для розміщення готівки вручну перед початком" -" ваших транзакцій. З вікна Реєстр транзакцій перейдіть до " +" ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 @@ -2449,9 +2485,9 @@ msgid "" "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -"Приймання грошей використовується для збору/отримання вашої готівки вручну " -"після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Реєстр транзакцій перейдіть " -"до :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" +"Забирання грошей використовується для збору/отримання вашої готівки вручну " +"після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до" +" :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -2470,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "Колумбія" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" +msgstr "Вступ" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2850,6 +2886,504 @@ msgstr "" "Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " "рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" +msgstr "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" +msgstr "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +msgid "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" +msgstr "" +"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " +"siguientes puntos:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "a. Plan Contable" +msgstr "a. Plan Contable" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "b. Impuestos" +msgstr "b. Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "c. Retenciones" +msgstr "c. Retenciones" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" +msgstr "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +msgid "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." +msgstr "" +"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " +"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" +" DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +msgid "cz" +msgstr "cz" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" +"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " +"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" +"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" +" Electrónica Colombiana**." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" +msgstr "4.1.1 Identificación" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" +msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " +"Información Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +msgid "4.2 Impuestos" +msgstr "4.2 Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" +msgstr "" +"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" +" Valor" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +msgid "4.3 Diarios" +msgstr "4.3 Diarios" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" +msgstr "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" +msgstr "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +msgstr "4.4 Usuarios" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "1. Invoice Creation" +msgstr "1. Створення рахунку" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" +msgstr "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" +msgstr "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +msgid "transacciones de importación." +msgstr "transacciones de importación." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" +msgstr "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +msgid "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" +"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " +"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " +"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +msgstr "1. Підтвердження рахунку" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." +msgstr "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +msgstr "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +msgid "en el historial de la Factura." +msgstr "en el historial de la Factura." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" +"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" +" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "1. Errores Frecuentes" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Франція" @@ -2958,7 +3492,7 @@ msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Одноразово поєднуватися до Odoo дуже просто." +msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3031,7 +3565,7 @@ msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA`here " +"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 @@ -3130,9 +3664,9 @@ msgid "" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи журналу зашифровується " -"після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових даних " -"документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." +"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи запис журналу " +"зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " +"даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3228,7 +3762,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" "Для цілей тестування та аудиту такі закриття можуть бути створені вручну в " -"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Тухнічний " +"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний " "--> Автоматизація --> Заплановані дії` зробити так." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 @@ -3240,8 +3774,8 @@ msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо це так, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших минулих" -" даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." +"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" +" минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -3249,7 +3783,7 @@ msgid "" "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за версію Odoo і повинні " +"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за встановлення Odoo і повинні " "використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " "вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." @@ -3349,7 +3883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Бухгалтерський баланс" +msgstr "Звіт балансу" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 @@ -3382,6 +3916,226 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" " кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Італія (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +msgstr "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa `guida " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." + #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Мексика" @@ -3408,13 +4162,13 @@ msgstr "Мексиканська локалізація - це група з 3 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx:** Всі основні дані для управління бухобліком, податками та планом" -" рахунків, запропонований встановлений план рахунків - це передбачувана " -"копія списку групових кодів, пропонованих `SAT`_." +"**l10n_mx:** Усі основні дані для управління бухгалтерським обліком, " +"податками та планом рахунків, цей запропонований встановлений план рахунків " +"- призначена копія списку кодів групи, які пропонує `SAT`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -3561,7 +4315,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Увімкніть режим налагодження:" +msgstr "Увімкніть режим розробника:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -3592,7 +4346,7 @@ msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -3616,7 +4370,7 @@ msgid "" "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Reference\" " +"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Референс\" " "правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити " "це швидше." @@ -3686,8 +4440,8 @@ msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Пароль :** 12345678a" +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "**Пароль:** 12345678a" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" @@ -3823,36 +4577,105 @@ msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити комплект для оплати, ви повинні просто дотримуватися звичайного" -" процесу оплати в Odoo, ці міркування для розуміння поведінки є важливими." +"Щоб створити платіжний додаток, вам потрібно лише дотримуватися звичайного " +"платіжного процесу в Odoo, ці умови, щоб зрозуміти поведінку, важливі." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -"Вся оплата, здійснена в той же день рахунка-фактури, буде розглядатися як Не" -" буде підписана, тому що це очікувана поведінка, юридично необхідна для " -"\"Платежу готівкою\"." +"Для створення доповнення платежу терміном платежу в рахунку-фактурі повинен " +"бути PPD, оскільки це очікувана поведінка, яка законодавчо вимагається для " +"\"Готівкових платежів\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "**1.1. Як я можу створити рахунок з терміном оплати `PUE`?**" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -"Щоб протестувати регулярний підписний платіж, просто створіть рахунок-" -"фактуру за день до сьогодні, а потім сплатіть його сьогодні." +"`Відповідно до документації SAT`_ платіж класифікується як ``PUE``, якщо " +"рахунок-фактура був погоджений на повну оплату до 17 числа наступного " +"календарного місяця (наступного місяця дати CFDI), будь-яка інша умова " +"створить рахунок-фактуру PPD." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "**1.2. Як я можу отримати це з Odoo?**" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоби встановити відповідний термін платежу CFDI (PPD або PUE), ви " +"можете легко встановити його, використовуючи ``Умови оплати ``, визначені у " +"рахунку-фактурі." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Якщо рахунок-фактура генерується без ``Терміну оплати``, атрибут " +"``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Сьогодні, якщо це перший день місяця і рахунок-фактура складається з " +"``Терміну платежу`` ``30 чистих днів``, то розрахункова ``Дата платежу`` " +"буде першим днем наступного місяця, це означає до 17 числа наступного " +"місяця, тоді атрибут ``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Сьогодні, якщо рахунок-фактуру буде створено зі ``Терміном оплати`` ``30 " +"чистих днів``, а термін платежу вищий, ніж 17-те число наступного місяця, " +"``MetodoPago`` стане``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас є ``Термін оплати`` з 2 або більше рядками, наприклад, ``30% " +"авансового закінчення наступного місяця``, це термін розстрочки, атрибут " +"``MetodoPago`` буде``PPD`` ." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" +"Щоби перевірити звичайний підписаний платіж, просто створіть рахунок-фактуру" +" із терміном платежу ``30% дострокового закінчення наступного місяця``, а " +"потім зареєструйте платіж на ньому." + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3866,7 +4689,7 @@ msgstr "" "SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el" " caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." @@ -3874,23 +4697,23 @@ msgstr "" "Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " "без належного рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Звіт DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." @@ -3898,7 +4721,7 @@ msgstr "" "1 і 2 розглядаються як електронний облік, а DIOT - це лише доступ до звіту в" " контексті бухгалтерського обліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." @@ -3906,15 +4729,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку " "Бухгалтерський облік." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -3924,11 +4747,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть " "кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "**Як додати нові рахунки?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." @@ -3936,7 +4759,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою " "кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3952,11 +4775,11 @@ msgstr "" "побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " "вибрані для використання в COA на XML." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "**Що означає тег?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -3964,7 +4787,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_ на " "веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3976,11 +4799,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний " "тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3995,23 +4818,23 @@ msgstr "" " допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім " "вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -"Всі звичайні функції слуху та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " +"Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " "звичайний звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "**Що таке DIOT і важливість презентації SAT**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4021,7 +4844,7 @@ msgstr "" " не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в " "Оdoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4033,7 +4856,7 @@ msgstr "" "операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими " "постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " @@ -4043,11 +4866,11 @@ msgstr "" "подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть " "DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "**Коли вводити файл DIOT і в якому форматі?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4057,7 +4880,7 @@ msgstr "" "його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на " "веб-сайті SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4069,11 +4892,11 @@ msgstr "" "постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що " "стосується вказаних даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "**Де представлений DIOT?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " @@ -4083,7 +4906,7 @@ msgstr "" " який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або " "кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." @@ -4091,7 +4914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці " "SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4106,11 +4929,11 @@ msgstr "" "перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас " "залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" -msgstr "**Ще один факт, щоб знати: партійне навантаження?**" +msgstr "**Ще один факт, щоб знати: партійне завантаження?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -4120,7 +4943,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно " "до сайту SAT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4136,7 +4959,7 @@ msgstr "" "захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для " "презентації у часі та формі для SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4147,15 +4970,15 @@ msgstr "" "допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не " "відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "**Як створити цей звіт в odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -4163,7 +4986,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> " "Операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." @@ -4172,11 +4995,11 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, " "якщо це вам підходить." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -4184,12 +5007,12 @@ msgstr "" "Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " "і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" "Важливі міркування щодо даних постачальника та рахунків-фактур для IDIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4203,7 +5026,7 @@ msgstr "" "але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -4214,7 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "" " якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином " "налаштовані." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " @@ -4224,7 +5047,7 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та " "правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " @@ -4234,7 +5057,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час " "створення звіту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." @@ -4242,7 +5065,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4258,15 +5081,15 @@ msgstr "" "створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський " "процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -4276,11 +5099,11 @@ msgstr "" "адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо " "його встановити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Мультивалюта (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" +msgstr "Мультивалютність (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4296,11 +5119,11 @@ msgstr "" "завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну " "вводити щодня в систему." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалют." +msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалютності." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -4308,7 +5131,7 @@ msgstr "" "Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " "(CFDI 3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4320,22 +5143,22 @@ msgstr "" "щоб увімкнути функцію «Перевірити за допомогою xsd», виконайте наступні " "кроки (при увімкненому режимі налагодження)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " "сервера`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -4343,16 +5166,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " "компанії --> Компанії`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -4362,15 +5185,15 @@ msgstr "" "товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " "вказано явну помилку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -4380,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не " "вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" @@ -4390,15 +5213,15 @@ msgstr "" "сервері або коли файли XSD не завантажені належним чином. Виконайте ті самі " "дії, що описані вище, але:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку** (застосовується лише до CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4410,7 +5233,7 @@ msgstr "" " 'minLength'] Значення '' має довжину \"0\"; це перевищує дозволену " "мінімальну довжину \"1\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "" ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4420,7 +5243,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' не прийнято за схемою '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -4430,15 +5253,15 @@ msgstr "" "будь ласка, перейдіть до форми товару і правильно встановіть внутрішню " "довідку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 msgid "" ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " @@ -4448,7 +5271,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': атрибут 'Режим' обов'язковий, " "але відсутній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 msgid "" ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " @@ -4458,7 +5281,7 @@ msgstr "" "'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor: атрибут 'RegimenFiscal'обов'язковий, " "але відсутній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4474,7 +5297,7 @@ msgstr "" "можливих цін SAT, можливо, що ви забули слідкувати за міркуваннями про схему" " оподаткування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " @@ -4484,7 +5307,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." @@ -4492,7 +5315,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для цілей тестування це значення має бути *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales*, який є необхідним для демонстраційного ПДВ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4506,11 +5329,11 @@ msgstr "" "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Рішення:** У вашому рахунку-фактурі потрібен спосіб оплати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " @@ -4534,7 +5357,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4548,7 +5371,7 @@ msgstr "" "та заповнити всі необхідні поля для вашої адреси після кроку :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 msgid "" ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4560,7 +5383,7 @@ msgstr "" "is not a valid value of the atomic type " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." @@ -4568,7 +5391,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Рішення:** Поштовий індекс на адресу вашої компанії не є дійсним для " "Мексики, виправте це." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 msgid "" ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -4582,7 +5405,7 @@ msgstr "" "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -4666,7 +5489,7 @@ msgid "" "Localization** section." msgstr "" "Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " -":menuselection:`Облік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " +":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " "розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 @@ -4741,10 +5564,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -"Існує два макети: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб вибрати, " -"який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську інформацію на " -"ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :" +"Існує два макети для ISR: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб " +"вибрати, який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську " +"інформацію на ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік " +"--> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" @@ -4760,11 +5583,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної " "податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " -"мультивалют і вибрати потрібну послугу." +"мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ для січня 2018" +msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5124,7 +5947,7 @@ msgstr "" "вартість), і ви плануєте амортизувати цей актив протягом 36 місяців (3 " "роки). Щомісяця (періодичність), Odoo створить амортизаційний запис, " "автоматично зменшуючи вартість активів на 1000 доларів і проводячи 1000 " -"доларів як витрати. Через 3 роки ці активи складають 0 балів (балансова " +"доларів як витрати. Через 3 роки ці активи складають 0 доларів (балансова " "вартість) у вашому балансі." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 @@ -5346,7 +6169,7 @@ msgstr "Кінцева сума" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Це сума, яку ви плануєте отримати, яку ви не можете амортизувати." +msgstr "Це сума, яку ви плануєте отримати, ви не можете знецінити." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Computation Method" @@ -5371,7 +6194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Метод часу на основі" +msgstr "На основі методу часу" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." @@ -5404,8 +6227,8 @@ msgid "" "date of fiscal year" msgstr "" "Вказує, що перший запис амортизації для цього активу має бути зроблений з " -"дати активу (дата купівлі) замість першого січня / початкової дати " -"фінансового року" +"дати активу (дата купівлі) замість першого січня / початкової дати звітного " +"періоду" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Number of Depreciations" @@ -5479,8 +6302,8 @@ msgid "" "been created for this line." msgstr "" "Odoo автоматично створить записи про амортизацію в потрібну дату для кожного" -" підтвердженого активу (але не проектні). Ви можете керувати амортизаційною " -"таблицею: зелена точка означає, що для ціього рядки створено журнал." +" підтвердженого активу (але не чернетка). Ви можете керувати амортизаційною " +"таблицею: зелена точка означає, що для цього рядки створено журнал." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -5488,7 +6311,7 @@ msgid "" "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" "Але ви також можете опублікувати записи журналу до очікуваної дати, " -"натиснувши на зелений круг, змусивши створити пов'язаний амортизаційний " +"натиснувши на зелену точку, змусивши створити пов'язаний амортизаційний " "запис." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 @@ -5497,7 +6320,7 @@ msgid "" "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -"В таблиці амортизації натисніть на червону кулю, щоби опублікувати запис " +"В таблиці амортизації натисніть на червону точку, щоби опублікувати запис " "журналу. Натисніть кнопку :guilabel:`Елементи` вгорі, щоби переглянути " "записи журналу, які вже розміщені." @@ -5534,21 +6357,39 @@ msgstr "" "транзакція з продажу, яка повинна бути зареєстрована через рахунок-фактуру " "клієнта." +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" +msgstr "→ Це потрібно змінити в Odoo: продаж активу повинен:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" +msgstr "вилучіть усі \"Червоні\" рядки" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" +msgstr "створіть новий рядок, який робить старими усі залишкові значення" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "Як управляти фінансовим бюджетом?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -"Управління бюджетами є важливою частиною ведення бізнесу. Це дозволяє вам " -"виміряти фактичні фінансові показники порівняно з плановим. Odoo керує " -"своїми бюджетами, використовуючи як загальні, так і аналітичні рахунки." +"Управління бюджетами - важлива частина ведення бізнесу. Бюджети допомагають " +"людям ставати більш навмисними з приводу того, як витрачаються гроші, і " +"спрямовують людей на організацію та визначення пріоритетності їх роботи для " +"досягнення фінансових цілей. Вони дозволяють спланувати бажаний фінансовий " +"результат, а потім оцінити фактичну ефективність роботи за планом. Odoo " +"управляє бюджетами, використовуючи як загальні, так і аналітичні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5556,21 +6397,21 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" "Ми будемо використовувати наступний приклад для ілюстрації. Ми тільки " -"розпочали проект зі Smith & Co, і ми хотіли би бюджетувати доходи і витрати " -"цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і ми не хочемо витрачати " -"більше 700." +"розпочали проект зі Smith & Co, і хотіли би бюджетувати доходи і витрати " +"цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і не хочемо витрачати більше" +" 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" "Спочатку потрібно встановити відповідні додатки для використання бюджету. " -"Основним модулем є обліковий додаток. Перейдіть у модуль додатків та " -"встановіть додаток **Бухблік та фінанси**." +"Основним модулем є Бухоблік. Перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть " +"додаток **Бухоблік та фінанси**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -5580,24 +6421,59 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та увімкніть " "функцію **Керування бюджетом**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Бюджетні позиці" +msgstr "Бюджетні позиції" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -"Позиції бюджету - це загальні рахунки, за якими ви хочете зберегти бюджети " -"(як правило, рахунки доходів та витрат). Вони повинні бути визначені таким " -"чином, щоби система Odoo могла дізнатися за якими рахункам вона повинна " -"отримувати інформацію про бюджет. Деякі з них можуть бути вже встановлені з " -"вашим планом рахунків." +"Бюджетні позиції - це списки рахунків, на яких потрібно вести бюджети (як " +"правило, рахунки витрат або доходів). Їх потрібно визначити, щоб Odoo змогла" +" знати, які рахунки йому потрібно отримати, щоб отримати інформацію про " +"бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" +"Бюджетні позиції виступають типом обмеження щодо того, що може бути записано" +" у графі \"практична сума\" у бюджеті." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" +"Кожна бюджетна позиція може мати будь-яку кількість рахунків із загальної " +"бухгалтерської книги (основного плану рахунків), присвоєної їй, хоча вона " +"повинна мати хоча б одну." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви записуєте транзакцію, в якій присвоєно аналітичний рахунок, який " +"*включено до бюджетного рядка, але один із загальних облікових записів* не " +"включений у бюджетну позицію для цього самого бюджетного рядка, він не " +"відображатиметься в межах колонки \"практична сума\" цього бюджетного рядка." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Деякі бюджетні позиції можуть бути вже встановлені у вашому плані рахунків." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -5605,7 +6481,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб визначити позиції, введіть :menuselection:`Модуль бухобліку --> " "Налаштування --> Бюджетні позиції`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -5613,7 +6489,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для нашого прикладу нам потрібно визначити, які рахунки стосуються витрат " "нашого проекту. Створіть позицію та додайте елементи, щоби вибрати рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -5621,15 +6497,15 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо " "замовляти наші витрати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Натисніть на *Обрати*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Збережіть зміни, щоби підтвердити свою позицію бюджету." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -5637,11 +6513,11 @@ msgstr "" "Повторіть ці кроки, щоб створити позицію бюджету. Тільки в цьому випадку " "виберіть відповідні рахунки на прибуток." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Аналітичний рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5655,13 +6531,13 @@ msgstr "" "аналітичним рахунком. Створіть аналітичний рахунок, введіть модуль " "бухгалтерського обліку та натисніть :menuselection:`Консультант --> " "Аналітичний рахунок --> Відкрити таблиці`. Створіть новий рахунок під назвою" -" Smith&Co project і виберіть пов'язаного партнера." +" проект Smith&Co і виберіть пов'язаного партнера." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Встановіть бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -5669,7 +6545,7 @@ msgstr "" "Давайте тепер встановимо наші цілі для нашого бюджету. Ми зазначили, що ми " "плануємо отримати 1000 з цього проекту, і ми не хочемо витрачати більше 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -5677,7 +6553,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб встановити ці цілі, введіть додаток бухобліку, виберіть " ":menuselection:`Консультанти --> Бюджети` та створіть новий бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -5687,7 +6563,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть період, в якому буде застосовуватися бюджет. Далі додайте елемент, " "щоби вказати цілі в рядку бюджету." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5703,7 +6579,7 @@ msgstr "" "вартість, нам потрібно вказати **негативну суму**. Нарешті, виберіть " "відповідний аналітичний рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -5711,15 +6587,15 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти та новий**, щоб ввести бюджет доходу. Позиція " "бюджету - дохід, а запланована сума - 1000. Збережіть та закрийте." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Вам потрібно буде **підтвердити** та **затвердити** бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Перевірте свій бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -5727,7 +6603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете перевірити свій бюджет у будь-який час. Щоб побачити еволюцію, " "давайте складемо кілька рахунків-фактур та рахунків постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." @@ -5735,21 +6611,21 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви використовуєте аналітичні рахунки, пам'ятайте, що вам потрібно " "вказати рахунок у рахунку-фактурі та/або рядки покупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "для отримання додаткової інформації про бронювання рахунків-фактур та " "замовлень на купівлю дивіться:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Сміта." +msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -5759,7 +6635,7 @@ msgstr "" "рядки покупки, заброньовані в рахунках, і відображатиме їх у стовпчику " "**Фактична сума**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -5803,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Підтвердьте, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." +msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." @@ -5814,7 +6690,7 @@ msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -"Підтвердьте, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." +"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" @@ -5823,12 +6699,12 @@ msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -"Перевірте **податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" +"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" " є правильною." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **звітом балансу**:" +msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5836,7 +6712,7 @@ msgid "" "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" "Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " -"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **узгодження з банківською " +"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " "випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 @@ -5845,7 +6721,7 @@ msgid "" "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" "Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " -"виконуючи звіти **розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **розрахунків з " +"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " "дебіторами**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 @@ -5854,7 +6730,7 @@ msgid "" "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте повністю зрозуміти, які операції " +"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " "впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" " основних засобів." @@ -5866,9 +6742,9 @@ msgid "" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " -"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **рахунки " -"постачальника** та **рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " +"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " +"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " +"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " "необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " "несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " "призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." @@ -5900,11 +6776,11 @@ msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Кредити**." +msgstr "**Позики**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Податкові коригування**." +msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5913,9 +6789,9 @@ msgid "" "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому може " +"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " "знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " -"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок на прибуток тощо), щоби " +"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " "погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 @@ -5926,7 +6802,7 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" -"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **дати блокування " +"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " "для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" " встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " "впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." @@ -5945,10 +6821,10 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" "В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " -"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **звіт про доходи** " +"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " "безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " -"якщо ви створюєте **звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " -"**фінансового року**, а залишок буде 0." +"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " +"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -5958,11 +6834,11 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **прибутку " -"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **дату блокування** до останнього дня " -"фінансового року. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " -"підтвердите, чи доходи поточного періоду у **звіті балансу** правильно " -"відповідають балансу 0." +"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " +"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " +"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " +"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " +"відповідають нульовому балансу." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" @@ -6018,7 +6894,7 @@ msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -"Завдяки аналітичному обліку ми можемо відстежувати коштовність закупівлі, " +"Завдяки аналітичному бухобліку ми можемо відстежувати вартість закупівлі, " "витрати та субпідряд в модулі бухгалтерського обліку." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 @@ -6030,8 +6906,8 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" "Ми наведемо наступний приклад. Ми продали пакет консультацій для клієнта. " -"Пакет \"все включено\" означає, що додаткових витрат додати не можна. Проте " -"ми хочемо визначити, які витрати були прив'язані до цієї транзакції, " +"Пакет, де все включено, означає, що додаткових витрат додати не можна. Проте" +" ми хочемо визначити, які витрати були прив'язані до цієї транзакції, " "оскільки нам потрібно оплатити покупки, витрати та витрати на субпідряд, " "пов'язані з проектом." @@ -6065,17 +6941,17 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" -"Наступним кроком є активація аналітичного обліку. У додатку бухобліку " +"Наступним кроком є активація аналітичного бухобліку. У додатку бухобліку " "оберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` та розгорніть розділ" -" Аналітичний облік." +" Аналітичний бухоблік." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" -"Крім того, прокрутіть вниз і позначте пункт **Аналітичний облік для " -"покупок**." +"Крім того, прокрутіть вниз і позначте пункт **Аналітичний бухоблік для " +"купівель**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." @@ -6083,7 +6959,7 @@ msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти зміни." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "Створіть аналітичний облік" +msgstr "Створіть Аналітичний бухоблік" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -6092,7 +6968,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -"Перш за все ви повинні створити аналітичний облік, на який ви зможете " +"Перш за все ви повинні створити аналітичний бухоблік, на якому ви зможете " "вказати всі свої витрати. Введіть додаток бухобліку, " "виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Аналітичний облік`. Створіть новий." " У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"пакет консультацій\" для нашого клієнта " @@ -6126,10 +7002,10 @@ msgid "" "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно створити витратний товар. Введіть модуль **витрат**, " -"клацніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари`. Створіть " +"Спочатку потрібно створити витратний товар. Введіть модуль **Витрати**, " +"натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари`. Створіть " "новий товар під назвою квиток на потяг і встановіть собівартість до 15,50 " -"євро. Переконайтеся, що відмічений рядок **Може бути витрачений**." +"євро. Переконайтеся, що позначено рядок **Може бути витрачений**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" @@ -6142,7 +7018,7 @@ msgid "" "discussed above." msgstr "" "Введіть модуль Витрати, натисніть :menuselection:`Мої витрати --> Створити`." -" Виберіть товар Квиток на потяг і пов'яжіть його з аналітичним обліком, " +" Виберіть товар Квиток на потяг і пов'яжіть його з аналітичним бухобліком, " "описаним вище." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 @@ -6155,11 +7031,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на покупку, пов'язане з аналітичним обліком" +msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з аналітичним бухобліком" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "Закупівля товару" +msgstr "Купівлі товару" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -6169,10 +7045,10 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" "Ми також повинні придбати програмне забезпечення для наших клієнтів. У " -"модулі купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю програмного продукту. У межах " -"рядка ми можемо пов'язати вартість товару з аналітичним рахунком. Вкажіть " -"рядок замовлення та виберіть правильний аналітичний рахунок. Підтвердіть " -"продаж." +"модулі купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю товару програмного " +"забезпечення. У межах рядка ми можемо пов'язати вартість товару з " +"аналітичним рахунком. Вкажіть рядок замовлення та виберіть правильний " +"аналітичний рахунок. Підтвердіть продаж." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -6182,7 +7058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Прийміть доставку та введіть рахунок-фактуру. Після введення рахунка-фактури" " собівартість (поле **Ціна постачальника**) буде зарахована на аналітичний " -"облік." +"бухоблік." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" @@ -6195,11 +7071,11 @@ msgid "" "invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -"Модуль покупки може використовуватися таким же чином, як і раніше, для " +"Модуль купівлі може використовуватися таким же чином, як і раніше, для " "обробки субпідрядних контрактів. Якщо ми купуємо послугу з іншої компанії, " "ми можемо перерахувати цю вартість, пов'язавши рядок замовлення на " -"правильний аналітичний облік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний товар " -"продавця." +"правильний аналітичний бухоблік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний " +"товар постачальника." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" @@ -6208,15 +7084,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в обліку" +msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в бухобліку" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -"Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний облік. Просто відкрийте " -"його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим обліком." +"Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний бухоблік. Просто відкрийте" +" його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим рахунком." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6224,7 +7100,8 @@ msgid "" "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" "Введіть модуль бухгалтерського обліку, натисніть кнопку " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний облік --> Відкрити таблиці`." +":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний бухоблік --> Відкрити плани " +"рахунків`." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6269,7 +7146,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми розглянемо такий приклад: наші два співробітники **Гаррі Поттер** та " "**Седрік Дігорі** працюють на **консультаційному пакеті** для нашого клієнта" " **Smith&Co**. Гаррі отримує 18 € за годину, а зарплата Седріка становить 12" -" € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в обліковому додатку та " +" € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в додатку бухобліку та " "порівнювати їх з доходами консультаційної послуги." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 @@ -6279,8 +7156,8 @@ msgid "" "name and install them." msgstr "" "По-перше, встановіть три програми, необхідні для використання цієї функції, " -"а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів " -"додатків та встановіть їх." +"а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів та " +"встановіть їх." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6288,9 +7165,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"Далі вам потрібно буде включити аналітичний облік. Для цього введіть додаток" -" **Бухобліку**. Виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"позначте пункт **Аналітичний облік** (див. зображення нижче)." +"Далі вам потрібно буде включити аналітичний бухоблік. Для цього введіть " +"додаток **Бухобліку**. Виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення " +"нижче)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -6317,7 +7195,7 @@ msgid "" "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" "На листку співробітника введіть вкладку **Параметри персоналу**. Тут ви " -"можете вказати **вартість табелю** свого співробітника. У цьому випадку " +"можете вказати **Вартість табелю** свого співробітника. У цьому випадку " "Гаррі має вартість 18 євро/годину. Таким чином, ми заповнимо 18 в цьому " "полі." @@ -6335,7 +7213,7 @@ msgid "" "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" "Повторіть операцію, щоб створити працівника Седрик Дігорі. Не забудьте " -"вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **вартість по табелю**." +"вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **Вартість табелю**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" @@ -6372,6 +7250,14 @@ msgstr "" "продаж, в залежності від часу та матеріалу, перегляньте таку інформацію: *Як" " виставляти рахунки на основі часу та матеріалів* (робота в процесі)." +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " +"Services --> How to invoices blabla" +msgstr "" +"Додайте посилання, і документ під Продажі --> Методи виставлення рахунків " +"--> Послуги --> Як виставляти рахунки blabla" + #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " @@ -6381,10 +7267,10 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" "Ми заощаджуємо замовлення на продаж за допомогою сервісного товару " -"**External Consulting**. Аналітичний облік буде автоматично створено після " -"підтвердження **замовлення на продаж**. Наші співробітники повинні вказати " -"на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати можливість " -"виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)." +"**Зовнішній консалтинг**. Аналітичний бухоблік буде автоматично створено " +"після підтвердження **замовлення на продаж**. Наші співробітники повинні " +"вказати на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати " +"можливість виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" @@ -6400,7 +7286,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як працівник, пов'язаний із користувачем, Гаррі може ввійти в додаток " "**Табель** та вказати його табель для контракту. Увійшовши на облік Гаррі, " "ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на " -"**аналітичний облік**, описаний вище." +"**аналітичний бухоблік**, описаний вище." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -6413,20 +7299,20 @@ msgid "" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" "Тим часом, Седрік обговорив потреби бізнесу із замовником за 1 годину і " -"вказав її також у своєму особистому розкладі, вказуючи також на " -"**Аналітичний облік**." +"вказав її також у своєму особистому табелі, вказуючи також в **Аналітичному " +"бухобліку**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -"У **замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " +"У **Замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " "автоматично обчислюється (див. зображення нижче)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Аналітичний облік" +msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6434,7 +7320,7 @@ msgid "" "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -"Завдяки аналітичним облікам ми можемо мати огляд витрат та доходів " +"Завдяки аналітичним рахункам ми можемо мати огляд витрат та доходів " "персоналу. Усі доходи та вартість цих операцій зареєстровані на рахунку " "**SO002-Smith&Co**." @@ -6454,9 +7340,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" "Якщо ми вказали всі наші витрати та доходи проекту на правильний аналітичний" -" облік, ми зможемо легко отримати кошти та доходи, пов'язані з цим " -"аналітичним обліком. Введіть програму бухгалтерського обліку, виберіть " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні обліки --> Відкрити таблицю`." +" рахунок, ми зможемо легко отримати кошти та доходи, пов'язані з цим " +"аналітичним рахунком. Введіть модуль *Бухоблік*, виберіть " +":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні рахунки --> Відкрити плани " +"рахунків`." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -6464,9 +7351,9 @@ msgid "" "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -"Примітка: ви можете вказати період для **аналізу**. Якщо ви хочете відкрити " +"Примітка: ви можете вказати період для **Аналізу**. Якщо ви хочете відкрити " "поточну ситуацію, ви повинні залишити поля порожніми. Ми вже можемо " -"відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс обліку." +"відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс рахунку." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6491,7 +7378,7 @@ msgstr "З фільтрами" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -"Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з аналітичних обліків." +"Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з **Аналітичних записів**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -6499,9 +7386,9 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -"Введіть програму **бухобліку** та натисніть кнопку " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо " -"кілька варіантів аналізу вартості людських ресурсів." +"Введіть модуль **Бухоблік** та натисніть кнопку :menuselection:`Консультант " +"--> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо кілька варіантів аналізу " +"вартості людських ресурсів." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -6509,17 +7396,17 @@ msgid "" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -"Ми фільтруємо **аналітичний облік**, щоб ми могли бачити вартість та доходи " -"проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **фільтр**, де **аналітичний облік** містить" -" номер **замовлення на продаж**." +"Ми фільтруємо **Аналітичний бухоблік**, щоб ми могли бачити вартість та " +"доходи проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **Фільтр**, де **Аналітичний " +"рахунок** містить номер **Замовлення на продаж**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -"У результаті ми бачимо, що розрахункові рахунки та рахунки-фактури є з " -"відповідними витратами та доходами." +"У результаті ми бачимо, що дії табелів та рядки рахунків є з відповідними " +"витратами та доходами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -6527,36 +7414,36 @@ msgid "" "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -"Ми можемо разом групувати різні аналітичні обліки та перевіряти їхні " -"відповідні доходи. Просто групуйте за **аналітичним обліком** і виберіть " -"**перегляд графіку**, щоби мати чіткий огляд." +"Ми можемо разом групувати різні аналітичні рахунки та перевіряти їхні " +"відповідні доходи. Просто групуйте за **Аналітичним рахунком** і виберіть " +"**Перегляд графіку**, щоби мати чіткий огляд." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "Використання аналітичного обліку у різних випадках" +msgstr "Використання аналітичного рахунку у різних випадках" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "Аналітичний облік можна використовувати для кількох цілей:" +msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік можна використовувати для кількох цілей:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "проаналізувати витрати компанії" +msgstr "проаналізуйте витрати компанії" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "час повторного інформування клієнта" +msgstr "повторно виставте час в рахунку клієнту" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "аналізувати ефективність послуги або проекту" +msgstr "проаналізуйте ефективність послуги або проекту" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати аналітичним обліком, ви повинні активувати його в " +"Щоб керувати аналітичним бухобліком, ви повинні активувати його в " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 @@ -6564,7 +7451,7 @@ msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -"Щоб чітко проілюструвати аналітичні обліки, ви будете стежити за трьома " +"Щоб чітко проілюструвати аналітичні рахунки, ви будете стежити за трьома " "випадками використання, кожен з яких складається з трьох різних типів " "компаній:" @@ -6574,7 +7461,7 @@ msgstr "Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "Юридична фірма: ревізіон проведених години" +msgstr "Юридична фірма: повторне виставлення в рахунку витрачених годин" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" @@ -6643,18 +7530,18 @@ msgid "" "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" "При щоденному використанні корисно позначити аналітичний рахунок на кожному " -"рахунку-фактурі покупки. Коли рахунок-фактуру буде схвалено, він автоматично" +"рахунку-фактурі купівлі. Коли рахунок-фактуру буде схвалено, він автоматично" " генерує записи як для загальних, так і для відповідних аналітичних " "рахунків. Для кожного запису в загальних рахунках є щонайменше один " -"аналітичний запис, який розподіляє витрати на департамент, що їх поніс." +"аналітичний запис, який розподіляє витрати на відділ, що їх поніс." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено можливу розбивку деяких загальних бухгалтерських записів для " -"наведеного вище прикладу, розподілених на різні аналітичні обліки:" +"Нижче наведено можливе розбиття деяких загальних бухгалтерських записів для " +"наведеного вище прикладу, розподілених на різні аналітичні рахунки:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" @@ -6681,9 +7568,9 @@ msgstr "**Рахунок**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" @@ -6691,9 +7578,9 @@ msgstr "**Дебет**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" @@ -6806,9 +7693,9 @@ msgid "" "accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " "above:" msgstr "" -"Відділ аналітичного представництва дає змогу дослідити витрати, які " -"виділяються кожному відділу компанії. Аналітичний графік рахунків показує " -"розподіл витрат компанії за наведеним вище прикладом:" +"Аналітичний відділ дає змогу дослідити витрати, які виділяються кожному " +"відділу компанії. Аналітичний план рахунків показує розподіл витрат компанії" +" за наведеним вище прикладом:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -6819,8 +7706,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "У цьому прикладі ієрархічної структури в Odoo ви можете проаналізувати не " "тільки витрати на кожний асортимент, але й вартість всього виробництва. " -"Звіт, який стосується як загальних обліків, так і аналітичних, дає змогу " -"отримати розбивку витрат у межах певного відділу." +"Звіт, який стосується як загальних рахунків, так і аналітичних, дає змогу " +"отримати розбиття витрат у межах певного відділу." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -6837,8 +7724,8 @@ msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" -"Це аналітичне представництво, як правило, використовується торговими " -"компаніями та галузями." +"Аналітичний відділ, як правило, використовується торговими компаніями та " +"галузями." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -6870,9 +7757,9 @@ msgid "" "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -"Юридичні фірми зазвичай приймають керування у випадках, коли кожен випадок " -"представляє поточний файл клієнта. Всі витрати та товари потім додаються до " -"даного файлу/аналітичного обліку." +"Юридичні фірми зазвичай приймають керування, коли кожен випадок представляє " +"поточний файл клієнта. Всі витрати та товари потім додаються до даного " +"файлу/аналітичного рахунку." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -6880,7 +7767,7 @@ msgid "" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" "Основним занепокоєнням юридичних фірм є виставлення рахунків робочими " -"годинами та прибутковість у кожному випадку і працівником." +"годинами та прибутковість за кожним випадком і працівником." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -6911,11 +7798,11 @@ msgid "" " have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -"Платіж за різні випадки є дещо незвичним. Ці справи не відповідають жоден " -"запис у загальному обліку, а також не надходять із рахунків-фактур про " -"покупку чи продаж. Вони представлені різними аналітичними операціями і не " -"мають точних аналогів у загальних рахунках. Вони розраховуються на основі " -"годинної вартості одного працівника." +"Платіж за різні випадки є дещо незвичним. Ці справи не відповідають жодному " +"запису у загальному рахунку, а також не надходять із рахунків-фактур купівлі" +" чи продажу. Вони представлені різними аналітичними операціями і не мають " +"точних аналогів у загальних рахунках. Вони розраховуються на основі годинної" +" вартості одного працівника." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -6927,24 +7814,23 @@ msgid "" "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" "Наприкінці місяця, коли ви сплачуєте заробітну плату та пільги, ви " -"інтегруєте їх у загальні облікові записи, але не в аналітичні облікові " -"записи, оскільки вони вже були враховані при виставленні рахунків на кожну з" -" них. Звіт, який пов'язує дані з аналітичними та загальними обліками, дає " -"змогу порівняти суми підсумків, тому ви можете змінити свої оцінки годинної " -"вартості на одного співробітника в залежності від фактично відпрацьованого " -"часу." +"інтегруєте їх у загальні рахунки, але не в аналітичні, оскільки вони вже " +"були враховані при виставленні рахунків на кожен з них. Звіт, який пов'язує " +"дані з аналітичних та загальних рахунків, дає змогу порівняти підсумки, тому" +" ви можете змінити свою вартість за годину на одного співробітника в " +"залежності від фактично відпрацьованого часу." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -"У наведеній нижче таблиці показано приклад різних аналітичних обліків, які " -"ви можете знайти у своєму аналітичному обліку:" +"У наведеній нижче таблиці показано приклад різних аналітичних записів, які " +"ви можете знайти у своєму аналітичному рахунку:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "**Всього**" +msgstr "**Сума**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -6996,11 +7882,11 @@ msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "705 - Білінгові послуги" +msgstr "705 - Виставлення послуг у рахунок" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "Канцелярські покупки" +msgstr "Канцелярські закупівлі" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" @@ -7065,15 +7951,16 @@ msgid "" "invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -"Але аналітичний облік не обмежується простим аналізом рентабельності різних " -"клієнтів. Ці дані можуть бути використані для автоматичного перезавантаження" -" послуг клієнту наприкінці місяця. Щоби виставляти рахунок-фактуру клієнтам," -" просто пов'яжіть аналітичний облік із замовленням на продаж та продавайте " -"товари, які керують переліком витрат або витратами." +"Але аналітичний бухоблік не обмежується простим аналізом рентабельності " +"різних клієнтів. Ці дані можуть бути використані для автоматичного " +"повторного стягнення за послуги клієнту наприкінці місяця. Щоби виставляти " +"рахунок-фактуру клієнтам, просто пов'яжіть аналітичний рахунок із " +"замовленням на продаж та продавайте товари, які керують табелями або " +"витратами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: Аналіз ефективності" +msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: аналіз ефективності" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" @@ -7098,8 +7985,8 @@ msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -"Для вирішення цих проблем ви повинні використовувати аналітичну схему " -"обліку, структуровану за проектом та замовленням на продаж." +"Для вирішення цих проблем ви повинні використовувати аналітичну план " +"рахунків, структурований за проектом та замовленням на продаж." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -7108,7 +7995,7 @@ msgid "" "also similar." msgstr "" "Управління послугами, витратами та продажами аналогічне тому, що " -"представлено вище для юристів. Вирівнювання рахунків та вивчення " +"представлено вище для юристів. Виставлення рахунків та вивчення " "рентабельності теж схожі." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 @@ -7121,10 +8008,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Але тепер подивіться на контракти на підтримку. Ці контракти, як правило, " "обмежуються заздалегідь оплаченою кількістю годин. Кожна служба, розміщена " -"на аналітичних обліках, показує залишкові години підтримки. Щоби керувати " +"на аналітичних рахунках, показує залишкові години підтримки. Щоби керувати " "контрактами на підтримку, ви повинні створити товар, налаштований на оплату " "рахунків-фактур за замовленням, і пов'язати замовлення на продаж з " -"аналітичним обліком." +"аналітичним рахунком." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -7135,8 +8022,8 @@ msgid "" "contract remain." msgstr "" "В Odoo кожен аналітичний рядок перераховує кількість проданих чи " -"використаних одиниць, а також те, що ви зазвичай знайдете там - сума в " -"одиницях валюти (у доларах США, фунтах стерлінгів або будь-який іншій " +"використаних одиниць, а також те, що ви зазвичай знаходите там - сума в " +"одиницях валюти (у доларах США, фунтах стерлінгів або будь-якій іншій " "валюті). Таким чином, ви можете підсумувати продану та використану в кожному" " продажі кількість, щоби визначити, чи залишаються години контракту на " "підтримку." @@ -7151,17 +8038,17 @@ msgid "" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" -"Аналітичний облік допомагає вам аналізувати витрати та доходи незалежно від " -"випадку використання. Ви можете продавати або купувати послуги, відстежувати" -" час або аналізувати продуктивність виробництва." +"Аналітичний бухоблік допомагає вам аналізувати витрати та доходи незалежно " +"від випадку використання. Ви можете продавати або купувати послуги, " +"відстежувати час або аналізувати продуктивність виробництва." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -"Аналітичний облік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " -"додатків Odoo (продаж, покупка, розклад, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." +"Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " +"додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" @@ -7176,7 +8063,8 @@ msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку - це ім'я або код, наданий рахунку, який вказує на мету рахунку." +"Тип рахунку - це назва або код, наданий рахунку, який вказує на мету " +"рахунку." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -7185,8 +8073,8 @@ msgid "" "generate opening entries." msgstr "" "В Odoo типи рахунку використовуються для інформаційних цілей, для створення " -"правових звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття " -"фінансового року та створення відкритих записів." +"юридичних звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття " +"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7205,8 +8093,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" -"Odoo охоплює всі види рахунків. Тому ви не можете створювати нові типи " -"рахунку. Просто виберіть той, який стосується вашого рахунку." +"Odoo охоплює всі типи рахунків. Тому ви не можете створювати нові. Просто " +"виберіть той тип, який стосується вашого рахунку." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" @@ -7222,7 +8110,7 @@ msgstr "Кредитор" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Банк і каса" +msgstr "Банк і готівка" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" @@ -7290,9 +8178,9 @@ msgid "" "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "" -"Типи рахунків автоматично створюються під час встановлення схеми обліку. За " -"замовчуванням Odoo надає дуже багато схем обліку, просто встановіть " -"пов'язаний із вашою країною." +"Типи рахунків автоматично створюються під час встановлення плану рахунків. " +"За замовчуванням Odoo надає дуже багато планів рахунків, просто встановіть " +"той, який пов'язаний із вашою країною." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7307,8 +8195,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви є користувачем Saas, ваша країна автоматично встановлює схему " -"бухобліку." +"Якщо ви є користувачем Saas, ваша країна автоматично встановлює план " +"рахунків." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -7320,6 +8208,59 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> План рахунків`, натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " +"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" +" entries." +msgstr "" +"Тип рахунку має інформаційне призначення, для створення звітів, відповідно " +"до законодавства конкретних країн і встановлення правил для закриття " +"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Теги" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "Необов'язкові теги, які ви можете призначити для спеціальних звітів" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "Валюта рахунку" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "Запущені за цим рахунком, щоб мати валюту на цьому рахунку." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "Внутрішній тип" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " +"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" +" for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "" +"\"Внутрішній тип\" використовується для функцій, доступних для різних типів " +"рахунків: тип ліквідності - для готівкових або банківських рахунків, " +"кредиторська/дебіторська заборгованість - для рахунків " +"постачальників/клієнтів." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Дозвольте узгодження" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " +"journal items." +msgstr "" +"Позначте це, якщо в цьому рахунку пропонуються рахунки-фактури та відповідні" +" платежі для елементів журналу." + #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Переглянути *Створити рахунок* у нашій демо-версії онлайн" @@ -7336,8 +8277,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " "випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " -"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням вона встановлюється на " -"31 грудня." +"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" +" грудня." #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7486,7 +8427,7 @@ msgstr "Значення дельти" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Значення складу" +msgstr "Складська оцінка" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -7621,9 +8562,9 @@ msgid "" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що в інвентаризації немає " -"товару. Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає " -"закупівельною ціною." +"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що на складі немає товару. " +"Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає закупівельною" +" ціною." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7633,7 +8574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "На другий прийому середня вартість оновлюється, оскільки загальна вартість " "інвентаризації зараз становить``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Оскільки в нас 12 " -"підрозділів, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +"одиниць в наявності, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -7647,7 +8588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "Заява про повернення покупки" +msgstr "Випадок повернення купівлі" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -7696,8 +8637,8 @@ msgid "" " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" "Запам'ятайте визначення **Середня ціна**, зазначивши, що ми не оновлюємо " -"середню вартість товару, що залишає інвентаризацію. Якщо ви порушите це " -"правило, ви можете привести до невідповідності у вашій інвентаризації." +"середню вартість товару, що залишаєсклад. Якщо ви порушите це правило, ви " +"можете привести до невідповідності на вашому складі." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -7732,8 +8673,8 @@ msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -"Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: вартість " -"інвентаризації 2 долари за 0 одиниць на складі." +"Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: складська оцінка 2 " +"доларів за 0 одиниць на складі." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -7751,8 +8692,8 @@ msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -"З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для повернення доходу гарантує " -"правильне значення інвентаризації у будь-який час." +"З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для значення повернення гарантує " +"правильну складську оцінку у будь-який час." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" @@ -7766,11 +8707,12 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Для людей, які використовують принципи **англо-саксонського обліку**, існує " -"інша концепція, яка враховує: облік товару, який має намір у будь-який час " -"зберігати вартість отримуваних рахунків постачальника. Таким чином, рахунок " -"на введення запасів збільшуватиметься при отриманні вхідних відправлень і " -"зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків постачальника.s." +"Для людей, які використовують принципи **англо-саксонського бухобліку**, " +"існує інша концепція, яка враховує: рахунок прийняття товару, який має намір" +" у будь-який час зберігати вартість отримуваних рахунків постачальника. " +"Таким чином, рахунок на прийняття товару збільшуватиметься при отриманні " +"вхідних відправлень і зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків " +"постачальника." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -7784,7 +8726,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" -msgstr "вхідна продукція" +msgstr "отримання товару" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" @@ -7796,7 +8738,7 @@ msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "Повернути рахунок постачальника на $80" +msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" @@ -7804,7 +8746,7 @@ msgstr "($64)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "Повернути рахунок постачальника на $64" +msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $64" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" @@ -7839,7 +8781,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Мультивалюта" +msgstr "Мультивалютність" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" @@ -7912,8 +8854,8 @@ msgid "" "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно **видалити валютне " -"обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до бухгалтерської програми, натисніть " -"кнопку **Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." +"обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухобліку, натисніть кнопку " +"**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -7935,9 +8877,9 @@ msgid "" "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -"У програмі **бухгалтерського обліку** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі " -"--> Платежі`. Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній" -" валюті. Потім натисніть на **підтвердження**." +"У модулі **Бухоблік** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. " +"Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" +" натисніть на **підтвердити**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 @@ -8022,7 +8964,7 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" "Вибір мультивалютності в Odoo дозволить вам надсилати рахунки-фактури, " -"комерційні пропозиції та замовлення на покупку або отримувати рахунки та " +"комерційні пропозиції та замовлення на купівлю або отримувати рахунки та " "платежі в інших валютах. За допомогою мультивалютності ви також можете " "налаштувати банківські рахунки в інших валютах та створювати звіти про свою " "діяльність в іноземній валюті." @@ -8111,8 +9053,8 @@ msgid "" " are set !" msgstr "" "Виберіть інтервал: вручну, щоденно, щотижня або щомісяця. Ви завжди можете " -"примусити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть " -"постачальника встановіть!" +"запустити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть " +"постачальника і ви все встановили!" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" @@ -8120,7 +9062,7 @@ msgstr "Оновлюються лише **активні** валюти." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свої рахунки" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш план рахунків" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -8129,8 +9071,8 @@ msgid "" "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" "У бухгалтерському додатку зверніться до :menuselection:`Консультанта --> " -"План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це змусить всі " -"кроки для цього рахунку мати валюту рахунку." +"План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це запустить всі" +" кроки для цього рахунку, щоби мати валюту рахунку." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -8151,7 +9093,7 @@ msgid "" "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно видалити валютне " -"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до бухгалтерської програми, натисніть кнопку " +"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухоблік, натисніть кнопку " "**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 @@ -8229,7 +9171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "При створенні чи імпорті банківських виписок сума перебуває у валюті " "компанії. Але зараз існує два додаткових поля: фактично сплачена сума та " -"валюта, в якій вона була виплачена." +"валюта, в якій вона була сплачена." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -8292,7 +9234,7 @@ msgid "" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" "При створенні рахунку-фактури валюту можна легко змінити; проте Odoo приймає" -" валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Він конвертує всі суми " +" валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Система конвертує всі суми " "автоматично за допомогою цієї валюти." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 @@ -8383,19 +9325,21 @@ msgstr "Як створити персоналізовані звіти за д #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." msgstr "" -"Odoo надає потужну та просту у користуванні систему звітування. Створення " -"нових звітів (наприклад, податкового звіту чи балансу для конкретної " -"країни), щоби відповідати вашим потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." +"Odoo 13 оснащена потужною та зручною системою звітування. Створювати нові " +"звіти (наприклад, податковий звіт, або баланс, або звіт про прибутки та " +"прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " +"потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " @@ -8405,15 +9349,15 @@ msgstr "" "активувати **режим розробника**. Для цього спочатку натисніть на профіль " "користувача у верхньому правому меню, а потім - **Про**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "Натисніть на : **Активувати режим розробника**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8421,71 +9365,71 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" -msgstr "Після заповнення назви є ще два параметри, які потрібно налаштувати:" +msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетні стовпці**" +msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (наприклад, доходи та витрати)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "На основі єдиної дати (наприклад, балансу)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" -" 3 місяцями (наприклад, звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" +" 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -"Основи для діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, звіт " -"про рух грошових коштів)" +"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" +" рух грошових коштів)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібне " -"**ім'я**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " +"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " +"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " "**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" "У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " -"значення для стовпця балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " +"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " "потрібно, розділений;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -8493,7 +9437,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " "дат)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8502,7 +9446,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8518,15 +9462,15 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" " одним зі стовпців." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -8535,7 +9479,7 @@ msgstr "" "порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " "кольором) чи ні." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -8543,7 +9487,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " "використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -8553,7 +9497,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" " (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -8629,16 +9573,16 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" "Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки " -"періодів ви хочете порівняти вибраний період часу з. Ви можете обрати до 12 " -"періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " -"параметр **Попередня 1 Період**." +"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до " +"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " +"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -"У **бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " +"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " "власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 @@ -8651,7 +9595,7 @@ msgid "" "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -"Звіт про **доходи та витрати** (або **звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" +"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" " дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 @@ -8664,7 +9608,7 @@ msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згруповани #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Управлінський підсумок" +msgstr "Управлінський звіт" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8834,7 +9778,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Рух грошових коштів" +msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -8953,8 +9897,8 @@ msgid "" "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" "Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " -"отримаєте: **1000 € (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45 € (ціна) + 173.55 € " -"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26 € без " +"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " +"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " "податку." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 @@ -9002,8 +9946,8 @@ msgstr "" "включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " "формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " "автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " -"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"одразу з " -"коробки\", і у вас немає конкретних налаштувань." +"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " +"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9021,7 +9965,7 @@ msgid "" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" "завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " -"подайте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" +"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" @@ -9051,7 +9995,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26 €" +msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -9075,7 +10019,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " "це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " "продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` в додатку Налаштування програми бухобліку." +"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -9084,9 +10028,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист B2C. Ви можете активувати функцію " -"прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть варіант **різних цін на сегмент " +"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " +"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " "клієнта**." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 @@ -9138,7 +10082,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " -"результат: 8.26 € + 1.73 € = 9.99 €." +"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -9149,8 +10093,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " "схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " -"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10 € " -"для клієнта: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." +"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" +" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." @@ -9178,7 +10122,7 @@ msgid "" "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" "Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " -"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці обліку." +"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -9235,8 +10179,8 @@ msgstr "" "Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого " "місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для" " конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Рахунків-фактур/Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> " -"Схеми оподаткування`." +"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " +"--> Схеми оподаткування`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9278,13 +10222,13 @@ msgid "" "same customer." msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-" -"фактуру вручну, воно буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " +"фактуру вручну, вона буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " "майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі кінцевої точки)" +"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі призначення)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9294,11 +10238,11 @@ msgid "" "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути " -"визначення стосовно початкової точки або кінцевої точки. Більшість держав " -"або країн вимагають, щоб ви збирали податки відповідно до кінцевої точки " -"(наприклад, адреси вашого покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх " -"за ставкою, яка діє в початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." +"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути на основі" +" початкової точки чи призначення. Більшість держав або країн вимагають, щоб " +"ви збирали податки відповідно до призначення (наприклад, адреси вашого " +"покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в " +"початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -9310,7 +10254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Установіть прапорець *Автоматично визначати*." +msgstr "Позначте *Автоматично визначати*." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -9431,20 +10375,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -"Після цього ви зможете налаштувати свої податки у :menuselection:`Бухоблік " -"--> Налаштування --> Податки`. Ви можете відкрити податок, а на вкладці " -"*Додаткові параметри* ви побачите прапорець *Використовувати базу коштів*. " -"Потім вам доведеться визначити *Отримані податки*." +"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " +":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" +" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " +"зареєструєте платіж." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" +" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " +"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " +"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" +" податкового звіту." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " @@ -9454,59 +10410,63 @@ msgstr "" " податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " "клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "Отримані $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Податковий рахунок $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Банківський журнал" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "Банк $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" "Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." msgstr "" -"Два журнальних записи, створені у Рахунку доходу, є нейтральними, але вони " -"необхідні для забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo." +"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " +"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " +"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " +"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" @@ -9520,9 +10480,9 @@ msgid "" "with the right taxes." msgstr "" "Податковий двигун Odoo дуже гнучкий і підтримує багато різних податків: " -"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, податки на " -"федеральні/штатні/ міські податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для " -"більшості країн ваша система попередньо настроєна на необхідні податки." +"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, федеральні/штатні/міські " +"податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система" +" попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9543,7 +10503,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" -"Виберіть область: продаж, покупка або відсутність (наприклад, застарілий " +"Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий " "податок)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 @@ -9575,10 +10535,10 @@ msgid "" "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" " буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо " -"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу в " -"обліку прибутків." +"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу у " +"вхідному рахунку." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9603,7 +10563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Додаткові налаштування" +msgstr "Розширені налаштування" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -9611,9 +10571,9 @@ msgid "" "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурі**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " +"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурах**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " "надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою" -" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в накладній \"15%\"." +" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в рахунку \"15%\"." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -9622,8 +10582,8 @@ msgid "" "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" "**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній " -"частині рахунку-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " -"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунку-фактури. Приклади " +"частині рахунка-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " +"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунка-фактури. Приклади " "податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 @@ -9631,9 +10591,9 @@ msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" -"**Включення в аналітичний облік**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, " -"таким чином, генерує аналітичний облік, якщо ваш рахунок використовує " -"аналітичні обліки." +"**Включення в аналітичну вартість**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, " +"таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура " +"використовує аналітичні рахунки." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -9645,7 +10605,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application`" @@ -9677,7 +10637,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового " -"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Рахунок-фактура/Бухоблік --> " +"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> " "Налаштування --> Налаштування`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 @@ -9701,7 +10661,7 @@ msgid "" "payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунку-фактури утримувати" +"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" " або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " "більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." @@ -9829,7 +10789,7 @@ msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви о #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Ціну без податку: $100" +msgstr "Ціна без податку: $100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" @@ -9860,8 +10820,8 @@ msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні як " -"податкові (B2C), так і без урахування податкових цін (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні ціни як з " +"податком (B2C), так і без податку (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" @@ -9880,156 +10840,162 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "Як отримати правильні податкові ставки в США завдяки TaxCloud" +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "Як отримати правильну ставку податку в США, використовуючи TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -"Інтеграція з **TaxCloud** дає змогу обчислити податок з продажів для кожної " -"адреси в США та відстежує, які типи товарів звільняються від сплати податку " -"на продаж, і в якому зазначено, що кожне звільнення застосовується. TaxCloud" -" обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожної держави, " -"міста та спеціальної юрисдикції в США." +"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" +" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " +"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " +"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " +"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "У Tax Cloud" +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "У TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -"Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на `*TaxCloud* " -"<https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ website." +" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте свій веб-сайт на сайті TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *ключ" -" API *." +"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " +"API*." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " +"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " +"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "В Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` і позначте *Обчислення податку з продажів автоматично за " -"допомогою TaxCloud*. Натисніть *Застосувати*." +"--> Налаштування` та перевірте *TaxCloud - Вирахувати ставки податку на " +"основі індексу США*." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Ще в цих налаштуваннях введіть свої облікові дані TaxCloud." +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates." msgstr "" -"Натисніть *Синхронізувати категорії TaxCloud (TIC)* для імпорту категорій " -"товарів TIC від TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди з питань оподаткування). Деякі " -"категорії можуть мати на увазі певні тарифи." +"Натисніть на іконку Оновити поруч із *Категорія за замовчуванням* для " +"імпорту категорій товарів TIC з TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). " +"Деякі категорії можуть передбачати конкретні ставки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -"Встановіть за замовчуванням *TIC Code* і ставки податку. Це буде " -"застосовуватися до будь-якого нового створеного товару. Необхідний податок з" -" продажів за замовчуванням, щоб викликати податкові розрахунки." +"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " +"новостворених товарів." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." +"Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " +"Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -"Для товарів, що знаходяться у певній категорії, виберіть його у формі " -"деталізації (на вкладці *Продажі*)." +"Встановіть конкретну категорію на вкладці Товару *Загальна інформація* або " +"на Категорії товару." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії добре визначена (особливо регіон та " -"поштовий індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні " -"налаштування` та натисніть *Налаштувати дані вашої компанії*." +"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " +"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " +"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "Як це працює" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -"Автоматичний розподіл податків працює завдяки схеми оподаткування (дивіться " -":doc:`application`). Під час встановлення *TaxCloud* створюється певна схема" -" оподаткування. Все працює поза коробкою." +"Податок продажу вираховується в Odoo на основі схеми оподаткування (див. " +":doc:`бухоблік`). Схема оподаткування для США створюється під час " +"встановлення *TaxCloud*. Усе працює з коробки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -"Ця схема оподаткування встановлюється на будь-яке замовлення на продаж, веб-" -"замовлення або рахунок-фактуру, коли країна клієнта є *Сполучені Штати*. Це " -"ініціює автоматичний розрахунок податків." +"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" +" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " +"відкрити та редагувати запис." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -"Додайте товар із податком на продаж за замовчуванням. Odoo автоматично " -"надсилатиме запит до TaxCloud, отримає правильний податковий відсоток на " -"основі розташування клієнта (штатний і поштовий індекс) та категорії товару " -"TIC, створить нову ставку податку, якщо цей податковий відсоток ще не існує " -"у вашій системі та поверне його в рядок позиції замовлення (наприклад, " -"7,0%)." +"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " +"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " +"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Як створити конкретні співставлення податків за допомогою TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -"Ви можете створити кілька схем оподаткування за допомогою TaxCloud. Позначте" -" *Використовувати TaxCloud API*, щоби зробити це. Такі схеми оподаткування " -"можуть бути призначені клієнтам у детальному вигляді, щоб отримувати їх за " -"замовчуванням, коли вони щось у вас купують." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`" +"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " +"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " +"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочати" +msgstr "Розпочніть" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" @@ -10054,7 +11020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Після того, як ви встановили модуль бухгалтерського обліку, " "<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, потрібно " -"натиснути у верхній правій панелі процесу, щоб отримати доступ до посібника " +"натиснути на верхню праву панель процесу, щоб отримати доступ до посібника " "із впровадження." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 @@ -10067,7 +11033,7 @@ msgstr "Заповнення налаштувань вашої компанії" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Введення в свої банківські рахунки" +msgstr "Записи у свої банківські рахунки" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" @@ -10141,8 +11107,8 @@ msgid "" "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -"Odoo автоматично створює всі записи журналу за кожною з ваших облікових " -"транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу " +"Odoo автоматично створює всі записи журналу за кожною з ваших бухгалтерських" +" транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу " "тощо." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 @@ -10199,7 +11165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Багатовалютність" +msgstr "Мультивалютність" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -10304,7 +11270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "В Odoo ви можете створювати фінансові звіти в режимі реального часу. Звіти " "Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених " -"управлінських звітів. Доповіді Odoo включають у себе:" +"управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" @@ -10316,8 +11282,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -"Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредитори, погашені дебіторська " -"заборгованість)" +"Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські " +"заборгованості)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" @@ -10325,7 +11291,8 @@ msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Генеральний підпис)" +msgstr "" +"Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" @@ -10341,7 +11308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських каналів" +msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -10352,12 +11319,12 @@ msgid "" "have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -"Узгодження банківської виписки - це процес, який відповідає лініям " -"банківських виписок, наданим банком, для ваших бухгалтерських операцій у " +"Узгодження банківської виписки - це процес, який відповідає рядкам " +"банківських виписок, наданих банком, для ваших бухгалтерських операцій у " "головній книзі. Odoo робить спрощення узгодження банківської виписки, часто " -"їх імпортуючи з вашого банку безпосередньо на ваш обліковий запис Odoo. Це " -"означає, що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без " -"необхідності входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." +"їх імпортуючи з вашого банку безпосередньо на ваш рахунок Odoo. Це означає, " +"що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності " +"входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -10367,9 +11334,9 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" "Odoo прискорює узгодження банківських виписок, підбираючи більшість " -"імпортованих виписок до ваших облікових транзакцій. Odoo також пам'ятає, як " -"ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані транзакції з " -"основними рахунками." +"імпортованих виписок до ваших бухгалтерських транзакцій. Odoo також " +"пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані " +"транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" @@ -10420,9 +11387,10 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" "Збережений прибуток - це частина доходу, що зберігається вашим бізнесом. " -"Odoo автоматично обчислює ваш поточний прибуток у реальному часі, тому не " -"обов'язковий журнал а кінець року або перемотування. Це обчислюється шляхом " -"автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про баланс." +"Odoo автоматично обчислює ваш поточний прибуток у реальному часі, тому " +"обов'язковим є журнал звітного періоду або перекидання. Це обчислюється " +"шляхом автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про " +"баланс." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" @@ -10446,8 +11414,8 @@ msgid "" "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" "Odoo підключається безпосередньо до вашого банку або рахунку paypal. " -"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження швидко спливає. Це наче " -"магія." +"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження відбувається швидко. Це наче" +" магія." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -10460,12 +11428,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "" -"Odoo може надіслати їх вам за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної " -"пошти." +"Odoo може надіслати їх за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної пошти." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші відразу." +msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші одразу." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -10473,7 +11440,7 @@ msgid "" "inventory and subscriptions." msgstr "" "Бухоблік Odoo пов'язаний з усіма нашими додатками Odoo, такими як продаж, " -"покупка, рекламні ресурси та підписки." +"купівлі, склад та підписки." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10481,7 +11448,7 @@ msgid "" "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "" "Таким чином, записи рахунків постачальників також є надзвичайно швидкими. " -"Встановіть постачальника, виберіть порядок покупки і Odoo автоматично " +"Встановіть постачальника, виберіть замовлення на купівлю і Odoo автоматично " "заповнює все за вас." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 @@ -10501,22 +11468,22 @@ msgid "" "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "" -"Дочекайтеся, ще більше. Ви будете любити звіти Odoo. Від офіційних звітів до" -" виконавчих звітів, які є швидкими та динамічними. Використовуйте функцію " -"бізнес-аналізу Odoo, щоби оглянути всі дані вашої компанії." +"Чекайте, є ще більше. Ви полюбите звіти Odoo. Від офіційних звітів до " +"виконавчих, які є швидкими та динамічними. Використовуйте функцію бізнес-" +"аналізу Odoo, щоби оглянути всі дані вашої компанії." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." msgstr "" -"Звичайно, Odoo також є мобільним. Ви можете використовувати його для " -"перевірки своїх облікових записів на ходу." +"Звичайно, Odoo також є й у мобільній версії. Ви можете використовувати її " +"для перевірки своїх рахунків на ходу." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -"Спробуйте Odoo зараз і приєднуйтесь до 2 мільйонів щасливих користувачів." +"Спробуйте Odoo зараз, та приєднайтеся до 2 мільйонів щасливих користувачів." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -10544,7 +11511,7 @@ msgid "" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -"** Операційні витрати ** (ОPEX) включають адміністративні, продажні та " +"**Операційні витрати** (ОPEX) включають адміністративні, продажні та " "розробки, а також орендну плату та комунальні послуги, різноманітні витрати," " страхування, ... щось більше, ніж витрати на продані товари." @@ -10593,8 +11560,8 @@ msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -"Що належить (актив) було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для відшкодування " -"(зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." +"Те, що належить (актив), було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для " +"відшкодування (зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -10643,7 +11610,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Кожен фінансовий документ компанії (наприклад, рахунок-фактура, банківська " "виписка, платіж, контракт на збільшення капіталу) записується як запис в " -"журналі, що впливає на кілька обліків." +"журналі, що впливає на кілька рахунків." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -10702,7 +11669,7 @@ msgid "" "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " -"замінює облік доходів або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." +"замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" @@ -10744,7 +11711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Його основна мета полягає в тому, щоби пов'язати платежі з відповідними " "рахунками-фактурами для того, щоб відмітити рахунки-фактури, які " "виплачуються, і очистити виписку клієнта. Це робиться шляхом узгодження на " -"обліку *Дебіторська заборгованість*." +"рахунку *Дебіторська заборгованість*." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -10752,7 +11719,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура позначається як оплачений, коли його журнали рахунків " -"дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з відповідними елементами журналу " +"дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з пов'язаними елементами журналу " "платежів." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 @@ -11038,7 +12005,7 @@ msgstr "Огляд процесу" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору оплат" +msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору платежів" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11070,8 +12037,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо ми підберемо наприкінці типового сценарію \"замовлення на готівку\", " "після того як товар буде відправлений, ви: видаєте рахунок-фактуру; " -"отримуєте плату; депоновуєте цей платіж у банку; переконайтеся, що рахунок-" -"фактура замовника закрита; нагадуєте, якщо Клієнти спізнюються; і, нарешті, " +"отримуєте плату; депоновуєте цей платіж у банку; переконуєтеся, що рахунок-" +"фактура замовника закрита; нагадуєте, якщо клієнти спізнюються; і, нарешті, " "представляєте свій дохід у звіті про доходи та збитки та показуєте зменшення" " активів у звіті про баланс." @@ -11102,9 +12069,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -"Чорновик рахунків-фактур може бути згенерований вручну з інших документів, " -"таких як замовлення на прож, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " -"самі створити чорновик рахунку, якщо хочете." +"Чернетка рахунка-фактури може бути згенерована вручну з інших документів, " +"таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " +"самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11113,10 +12080,10 @@ msgid "" "It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактуру потрібно надати з правильною інформацією для того, аби він " -"міг заплатити у замовленні за поставлені товари та послуги. Він повинен " -"також включати іншу інформацію, необхідну для своєчасної та точної оплати " -"рахунку-фактури." +"Рахунок-фактуру потрібно надати з правильною інформацією для того, аби " +"клієнт міг заплатити у замовленні за поставлені товари та послуги. Він " +"повинен також включати іншу інформацію, необхідну для своєчасної та точної " +"оплати рахунка-фактури." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" @@ -11135,7 +12102,7 @@ msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -"залишаються недійсними, вони не мають впливу на облік у системі. Ніщо не " +"залишаються недійсними, вони не мають впливу на бухоблік у системі. Ніщо не " "перешкоджає користувачам створювати власну черенетку рахунків-фактур." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 @@ -11168,7 +12135,7 @@ msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "верхня частина рахунку-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," +msgstr "верхня частина рахунка-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -11184,21 +12151,21 @@ msgstr "Відкриті рахунки або про-форма рахункі #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура, як правило, включає кількість та ціну товару та/або " -"послугу, дату, будь-яку участь сторони, унікальний номер рахунка-фактури та " -"будь-яку податкову інформацію." +"Рахунок, як правило, включає кількість та ціну товарів та/або послуг, дату, " +"будь-які залучені сторони, унікальний номер рахунку та будь-яку податкову " +"інформацію." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -"Натисніть Підтвердити рахунок-фактуру, коли ви готові схвалити його. Після " -"цього рахунок-фактура переходить з чорновика до статусу відкритого доступу." +"Натисніть \"Підтвердити\" рахунок-фактуру, коли ви готові схвалити його. " +"Після цього рахунок-фактура переходить з Чернетки до статусу Відкрито." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -11227,8 +12194,8 @@ msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -"Після перевірки рахунку-фактури клієнта ви можете безпосередньо надіслати " -"його клієнту за допомогою функції Надіслати на електронну пошту." +"Після перевірки рахунка-фактури ви можете безпосередньо надіслати його " +"клієнту за допомогою функції 'Надіслати на електронну пошту'." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -11314,7 +12281,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Узгодження" +msgstr "Узгодьте" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" @@ -11343,12 +12310,12 @@ msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -"Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунку-" +"Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунка-" "фактури." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "Послідовність платежу" +msgstr "Нагадування платежу" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -11371,18 +12338,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo допоможе вам визначити стратегію подальшої роботи. Щоб нагадати " "клієнтам про оплату невиплачених рахунків-фактур, можна визначити різні дії " -"залежно від того, наскільки сильно прострочено оплату. Ці дії накладаються " -"на наступні рівні, які спрацьовують, коли термін дії рахунка-фактури минув " -"певну кількість днів. Якщо є інші прострочені рахунки для одного і того ж " -"клієнта, дія найпростішого рахунку-фактури буде виконана." +"залежно від того, наскільки сильно протерміновано оплату. Ці дії " +"накладаються на наступні рівні, які спрацьовують, коли термін дії рахунка-" +"фактури минув певну кількість днів. Якщо є інші протерміновані рахунки для " +"одного й того ж клієнта, дія найпростішого рахунка-фактури буде виконана." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -"Перейшовши до запису про клієнтів і в \"Прострочені платежі\", ви побачите " -"наступне повідомлення та всі прострочені рахунки-фактури." +"Перейшовши до запису про клієнтів і в \"Протерміновані платежі\", ви " +"побачите наступне повідомлення та всі протерміновані рахунки-фактури." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" @@ -11403,7 +12370,7 @@ msgid "" " collection efforts." msgstr "" "Використовуйте звіт про старіння, щоб визначити, які клієнти є " -"простроченими, і почати роботу колектора." +"протермінованими, і почати роботу збору платежів." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" @@ -11426,11 +12393,11 @@ msgstr "Звіт балансу" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -"У балансі узагальнюються зобов'язання, активи та капітал вашої компанії в " -"певний момент часу." +"Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії на " +"конкретний момент часу." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -11445,7 +12412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "Від рахунку постачальника до оплати" +msgstr "Від рахунка постачальника до оплати" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11466,7 +12433,7 @@ msgid "" "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете контролювати рахунки від постачальників, ви можете " -"скористатись програмою Купівля в Odoo, яка дозволяє контролювати та " +"скористатись модулем Купівлі в Odoo, який дозволяє контролювати та " "попередньо заповнювати їх на основі попередніх замовлень на купівлю." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 @@ -11480,7 +12447,7 @@ msgid "" "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"При отриманні рахунку постачальника ви можете записати його з " +"При отриманні рахунка постачальника ви можете записати його з " ":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників` Як найкоротший шлях, ви " "також можете використовувати функцію **Новий рахунок** на інформаційній " "панелі бухобліку." @@ -11493,7 +12460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати новий рахунок постачальника, спочатку виберіть " "постачальника та введіть свій рахунок-фактуру як **Референс постачальника**," -" потім додайте та підтвердьте рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони " +" потім додайте та підтвердіть рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони " "мають потрібні товари, податки та ціни." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 @@ -11503,9 +12470,9 @@ msgid "" "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" "Збережіть рахунок-фактуру, щоб оновити суми попереднього оподаткування та " -"податку в нижній частині екрана. Вам, швидше за все, доведеться налаштувати " -"ціни на вашу продукцію без податків, оскільки Odoo буде обчислювати податок " -"для вас." +"податку в нижній частині екрану. Вам, швидше за все, доведеться налаштувати " +"ціни на ваші товари без податків, оскільки Odoo буде обчислювати податок для" +" вас." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11520,14 +12487,14 @@ msgstr "" "У нижньому лівому куті Odoo показує зведену таблицю всіх податків на рахунок" " постачальника. У кількох країнах приймаються різні методи, щоб обійти " "підсумкові дані (округлення рядка чи глобальне округлення). Метод округлення" -" по замовчуванню в Odoo - це округлення кінцевих цін на рядок (у вас можуть " -"бути різні податки на товар, наприклад, алкоголь та цигарки). Однак, якщо " +" за замовчуванням в Odoo - це округлення кінцевих цін на рядок (у вас можуть" +" бути різні податки на товар, наприклад, алкоголь та цигарки). Однак, якщо " "ваш постачальник має іншу суму податку на своєму рахунку, ви можете змінити " "суму в нижній лівій таблиці, щоб налаштувати та зіставити суму." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Перевірте рахунок постачальника" +msgstr "Підтвердіть рахунок постачальника" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -11535,8 +12502,8 @@ msgid "" "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -"Після перевірки рахунку постачальника запис журналу буде згенерований на " -"основі конфігурації рахунку-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися " +"Після підтвердження рахунка постачальника запис журналу буде згенерований на" +" основі налаштувань рахунка-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися " "залежно від пакета бухгалтерського обліку, який ви обрали для використання." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 @@ -11545,7 +12512,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts:" msgstr "" "Для більшості європейських країн журнал буде використовувати наступні " -"облікові записи:" +"рахунки:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 @@ -11559,14 +12526,14 @@ msgstr "**Податки:** визначаються на товари та на #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному товарі рядка-позиції" +msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному елементі рядка товару" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -"Для англосаксонського бухоблыку (США) запис журналу використовуватиме такі " +"Для англосаксонського бухобліку (США) запис журналу використовуватиме такі " "облікові записи:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 @@ -11578,8 +12545,8 @@ msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -"Ви можете перевірити звіти про прибутки та збитки або баланс після перевірки" -" кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну " +"Ви можете перевірити звіти про доходи та витрати або баланс після перевірки " +"кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну " "бухгалтерську книгу." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 @@ -11591,8 +12558,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити платіж за відкритий рахунок постачальника, ви можете натиснути " -"кнопку **Зареєструвати платіж** у верхній частині форми" +"Щоб створити платіж безпосередньо на відкритому рахунку постачальника, ви " +"можете натиснути кнопку **Зареєструвати платіж** у верхній частині форми" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -11603,12 +12570,12 @@ msgid "" "will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " "correctly)." msgstr "" -"Звідти ви виберете спосіб оплати (наприклад, \"Перевірка облікового " -"запису\", \"Кредитна картка\", \"Перевірка\" тощо) та суму, яку ви платите. " -"За замовчуванням Odoo запропонує весь залишок на рахунку для оплати. У полі " -"замітки ми рекомендуємо встановити номер рахунку-фактури постачальника як " -"довідку (Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати це поле з поля рахунку " -"постачальника, якщо він правильно встановлений)." +"Звідти ви виберете спосіб оплати (наприклад, Перевірка рахунку, кредитна " +"картка, чек тощо) та суму, яку ви платите. За замовчуванням Odoo запропонує " +"весь залишок на рахунку для оплати. У полі замітки ми рекомендуємо " +"встановити номер рахунка-фактури постачальника як референс (Odoo буде " +"автоматично заповнювати це поле з поля рахунка постачальника, якщо він " +"правильно встановлений)." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -11618,13 +12585,13 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" "Ви також можете зареєструвати платіж постачальнику безпосередньо, не " -"застосовуючи його до рахунку постачальника. Для цього натисніть:`Купівлі -->" +"застосовуючи його до рахунка постачальника. Для цього натисніть:`Купівлі -->" " Платежі`. Тоді, з рахунка постачальника ви зможете безпосередньо узгодити " "цей платіж. " #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "Надрукуйте чек постачальника" +msgstr "Надрукуйте чеки постачальника" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11636,14 +12603,14 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви вирішите сплатити рахунки своїх постачальників за допомогою чеків, " "Odoo пропонує спосіб, щоби зробити це безпосередньо з платежів " "постачальників в Odoo. Незалежно від того, чи ви робите це щоденно, або " -"наприкінці тижня, ви можете друкувати чеки \"партіями\"." +"наприкінці тижня, ви можете друкувати чеки групою." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є чек для друку, інформаційна панель обліку Odoo діє як список " +"Якщо у вас є чек для друку, панель приладів бухобліку Odoo діє як список " "справ і нагадує вам про те, скільки чеків ви залишили для друку." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 @@ -11651,7 +12618,7 @@ msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -"Вибравши кількість друкарських чеків, ви можете піти прямо в список усіх " +"Вибравши кількість чеків для друку, ви можете піти прямо в список усіх " "платежів, які готові до обробки." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 @@ -11748,7 +12715,7 @@ msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **управління продажами**, щоби " +"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **Управління продажами**, щоби " "пересилати ваші витрати клієнтам." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 @@ -11758,9 +12725,9 @@ msgid "" "products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -"Після встановлення цих програм ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що " +"Після встановлення цих модулей ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що " "відображають типи витрат. Щоб створити перші товари, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у додатку **Витрати**." +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у модулі **Витрати**." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" @@ -11773,7 +12740,7 @@ msgstr "**Подорож (машина)**" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Тип товару: Сервіс" +msgstr "Тип товару: Послуга" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 @@ -11783,7 +12750,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Політика витрат на рахунки-фактури: за цінами продажу" +msgstr "Політика рахунків витрат: за цінами продажу" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" @@ -11819,7 +12786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "У цих прикладах перший товар буде витратним, який ми компенсуємо працівнику " "на основі кількості км, які він зробив з власною машиною (наприклад, для " -"відвідування замовника): 0,32 € / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі " +"відвідування замовника): 0,32€ / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі " "реальної вартості готелю." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 @@ -11830,8 +12797,8 @@ msgid "" " customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " "customer." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі ці товари позначені на **Можна витрати**, а політика " -"виставлення рахунків встановлюється на **рахунок-фактура на основі часу та " +"Переконайтеся, що всі ці товари позначені на **Можна витратити**, а політика" +" виставлення рахунків встановлюється на **Рахунок-фактуру на основі часу та " "матеріалів**. Ця політика щодо виставлення рахунків означає, що, якщо " "витрати пов'язані із проектом клієнта/замовленням на продаж, Odoo буде " "перерахувати ці витрати клієнту." @@ -11854,7 +12821,7 @@ msgstr "Витрати робочого процесу" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Запишіть новий рахунок" +msgstr "Запишіть нові витрати" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -11900,7 +12867,7 @@ msgstr "Для кожної витрати працівник повинен з #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "опис: він повинен містити посилання на квиток/рахунок" +msgstr "опис: він повинен містити референс заявки/рахунка" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" @@ -11922,7 +12889,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Залежно від політики компанії, йому, можливо, доведеться прикріпити скан чи " "фотографію витрат. Для цього просто напишіть повідомлення у нижній частині " -"витрати зі скануванням рахунку/квитка у вкладці." +"витрати зі скануванням рахунка/квитка у вкладці." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -12027,7 +12994,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо витрати були пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, пов'язаним із " "замовленням на продаж, який містить новий рядок, пов'язаний з витратами. Цей" " рядок ще не виставлений ​​клієнту, і він буде включений до наступного " -"рахунку-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та " +"рахунка-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та " "розміщення на проект клієнта)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 @@ -12041,6 +13008,18 @@ msgstr "" "наприкінці тижня/місяця, якщо ви будете оплачувати всі ваші замовлення в " "пакетному режимі)." +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +msgid "" +"tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " +"../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" +" customers* " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" +msgstr "" +"занотуйте, якщо ви хочете дізнатися більше; перевірте сторінку документації " +":doc: ../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*Як повторно виставити в " +"рахунку витрати вашим клієнтам* " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" + #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Відшкодування працівнику" @@ -12080,8 +13059,8 @@ msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -"якщо є рішення про виставлення рахунку або ні стосується товару, змініть " -"політику виставлення рахунку на товар:" +"якщо є рішення виставляти рахунок чи ні стосується товару, змініть політику " +"виставлення рахунку на товар:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" @@ -12097,9 +13076,9 @@ msgid "" "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" -"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунку-фактури, про який не " +"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунка-фактури, про який не " "потрібно повторно повідомляти клієнту, не встановлюйте відповідний " -"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунку-фактури." +"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунка-фактури." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" @@ -12223,7 +13202,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуючи меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників`, ви " "можете отримати список рахунків постачальника. Використовуючи розширені " "фільтри, ви можете вказати всі рахунки, які ви повинні сплатити, або " -"прострочені рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)." +"протерміновані рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -12231,7 +13210,7 @@ msgid "" "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -"З цього екрана ви також можете перейти до зведеної таблиці або перегляду " +"З цього екрану ви також можете перейти до зведеної таблиці або перегляду " "графіка, щоб отримувати статистику про суму наступного місяця, за допомогою " "групи функції \"Термін виконання\"." @@ -12270,8 +13249,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб записати платежі постачальників чеками, потрібно встановити модуль " "**Запис чеку**. Цей модуль обробляє процес реєстрації чеків в Odoo. Інші " -"модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, **США друк " -"чеків** потрібна для друку чеків США." +"модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, модуль " +"**Друк чеків США** потрібен для друку чеків США." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -12281,7 +13260,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, ці модулі " "можуть бути встановлені за замовчуванням. (приклад: користувачам Сполучених " -"Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані за умовчанням)." +"Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані замовчуванням)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" @@ -12303,7 +13282,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "Сумісний канцелярський прилад для друку чеків" +msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" @@ -12390,7 +13369,7 @@ msgid "" "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " "only one available which is 'manual'" msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для приховування способу оплати, якщо у " +"Технічне поле, яке використовується для приховання способу оплати, якщо у " "вибраному журналі є лише один доступний, який є \"ручним\"" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -12459,7 +13438,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Спробуйте сплатити рахунку постачальника чеком" +msgstr "Спробуйте сплатити рахунок постачальника чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" @@ -12542,7 +13521,7 @@ msgid "" "**Memo** field." msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " -"рахунок у полі **нагадування**." +"рахунок у полі **Нагадування**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -12550,7 +13529,7 @@ msgid "" "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваш платіж чеком зареєстровано, не забудьте **підтвердити** " +"Після того, як ваш платіж чеком зареєстровано, не забудьте **Підтвердити** " "його. Після підтвердження ви можете використовувати **Друк чеку** " "безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у " "пакетному режимі:" @@ -12626,7 +13605,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Тепер ми будемо записувати платіж лише за один рахунок. Відкрийте рахунок, " "потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму " -"та натисніть **Перевірити**." +"та натисніть **Підтвердити**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -12661,7 +13640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "У рахунках постачальників виберіть нові рахунки, які ви щойно створили, " "встановивши прапорець біля кожного з них. У меню Дія, розташованому в " -"середині сторінки, натисніть **Зареєструватися платіж**." +"середині сторінки, натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -12673,7 +13652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "Запишіть платіж, узгодите пізніше" +msgstr "Запишіть платіж, узгодьте пізніше" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -12692,8 +13671,8 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банковий " -"журнал --> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " +"Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал " +"--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -12801,7 +13780,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "Для узгодження банківської виписки з варіантом моделі див" +msgstr "Для узгодження банківської виписки з варіантом моделі дивіться" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 @@ -12987,8 +13966,8 @@ msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -"З вашої інформаційної панелі обліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли " -"SEPA для створення кожного банківського рахунку." +"З вашої панелі приладів бухобліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли SEPA" +" для створення кожного банківського рахунку." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -13012,9 +13991,9 @@ msgid "" "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " "error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -"Попросіть свій банк, якщо він підтримує ** \\PAIN.001.001.03 Кредитні " -"перекази SEPA**. Якщо вони не надають або не можуть надати відповідну " -"інформацію, надішліть повідомлення про помилку своєму партнеру Odoo." +"Попросіть свій банк, якщо він підтримує **PAIN.001.001.03 Кредитні перекази " +"SEPA**. Якщо вони не надають або не можуть надати відповідну інформацію, " +"надішліть повідомлення про помилку своєму партнеру Odoo." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." @@ -13038,6 +14017,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +msgid "How to define a new bank?" +msgstr "Як визначити новий банк?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" +msgstr "Як узгодити банківські виписки?" + #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" @@ -13069,7 +14056,7 @@ msgstr "" "З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку це має значення, оскільки рахунок " "постачальника спочатку кредитує борговий рахунок, перш ніж узгодити з " "банківським рахунком. З іншого боку, ми зазвичай негайно сплачуємо квитанції" -" закупівлі, що означає, що борговий рахунок не потрібний." +" закупівлі, що означає, що дебетовий рахунок не потрібний." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -13088,7 +14075,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо банківський рахунок вашої компанії використовується для оплати товарів," " у яких видається лише квитанція про придбання, я повинен використовувати " -"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському обліку." +"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському " +"бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -13098,8 +14086,8 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" "Давайте розглянемо такий приклад: ми повинні купувати чай для наших клієнтів" -" із місцевого магазину чаю, який не видає рахунки. Ми кожного тижня купуємо " -"50 євро за чай та чайник вартістю 20 євро. Ми платимо за допомогою " +" із місцевого магазину чаю, який не видає рахунки. Ми кожного тижня віддаємо" +" 50 євро за чай та чайник вартістю 20 євро. Ми платимо за допомогою " "банківського рахунку компанії." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 @@ -13108,7 +14096,7 @@ msgid "" "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" "Для обробки квитанцій закупівлі в модулі Odoo потрібно встановити один " -"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть додаток Бухобліку." +"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть модуль Бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -13136,7 +14124,7 @@ msgid "" "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" "Щоб імпортувати квитанцію закупівлі чаю на суму 50 євро, введіть додаток " -"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Закупівлі --> Квитанції закупівлі`." +"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Квитанції купівлі`." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -13145,7 +14133,7 @@ msgid "" "**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -"Створіть нову квитанцію закупівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. " +"Створіть нову квитанцію купівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. " "Зверніть увагу, що у полі Платіж є вибір **Заплатити пізніше** або " "**Заплатити зараз**. Це суттєва відмінність, оскільки функція Заплатити " "пізніше створить обліковий запис боргу, тоді як Заплатити зараз зараховує " @@ -13191,7 +14179,7 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете налаштувати процес контролю над рахунками постачальника, " -"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про покупку в Odoo. Знання " +"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про купівлю в Odoo. Знання " "того, що було придбано та отримано, є першим кроком до розуміння процесів " "управління купівлею." @@ -13204,23 +14192,23 @@ msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -"Ви починаєте із **запиту на комерційну пропозицію (RFQ)**, щоб надіслати її " -"вашим продавцям." +"Ви починаєте із **Запиту на комерційну пропозицію (ЗНКП)**, щоб надіслати її" +" вашим продавцям." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -"Після того, як постачальник прийняв Запит RFQ, підтвердьте RFQ в " -"**замовленні на купівлю (PO)**. " +"Після того, як постачальник прийняв ЗНКП, підтвердіть ЗНКП в **Замовленні на" +" купівлю (ЗНК)**. " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" -"Підтвердження PO створює **вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які " +"Підтвердження ЗНК створює **Вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які " "запаковані товари." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 @@ -13228,7 +14216,7 @@ msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -"Отримавши **рахунок постачальника**, підтвердьте рахунок за допомогою " +"Отримавши **Рахунок постачальника**, підтвердіть рахунок за допомогою " "товарів, отриманих на попередньому кроці, щоб забезпечити точність. " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 @@ -13236,22 +14224,22 @@ msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -"Цей процес може виконуватись трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або " +"Цей процес може виконуватися трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або " "лише однією особою." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Встановлення додатків Закупівлі та Складу" +msgstr "Встановлення додатків Купівлі та Складу" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -"У меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук модуля **Закупівлі** та встановіть його. " -"Внаслідок певних залежностей, встановлення покупки автоматично встановить " -"програми **складу** та **бухобліку**." +"З модуля **Додатки**, знайдіть модуль **Купівлі** та встановіть його. Через " +"певні залежності, встановлення Купівлі автоматично встановить модулі " +"**Склад** та **Бухоблік**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -13260,20 +14248,20 @@ msgstr "Створення товарів" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -"Створення товарів в Odoo необхідне для швидкої та ефективної покупки в Odoo." -" Просто перейдіть до підменю Товари в розділі Закупівлі та натисніть " -"створити." +"Створення товарів в Odoo має важливе значення для швидкої та ефективної " +"купівлі в Odoo. Просто перейдіть до підменю Товари в розділі Купівлі та " +"натисніть Створити." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" -"Під час створення товару зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це " -"важливо:" +"Під час створення товару, зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це" +" важливо:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -13281,9 +14269,9 @@ msgid "" "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -"Товари, які встановлюються як **Запасні або Витратні**, дозволять вам " -"стежити за рівнями їх інвентарю. Ці параметри передбачають управління " -"запасами та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції." +"Товари, які встановлюються як **Зберігаються на складі або Витратні**, " +"дозволять вам стежити за рівнями їх запасу. Ці параметри передбачають " +"управління запасами та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -13293,21 +14281,19 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" "І навпаки, товари, які встановлюються як **Послуга або Цифровий товар**, не " -"будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність інвентаризації " -"для управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих " -"позначень." +"будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність складу для " +"управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -"Рекомендується створювати товар як **Різне** для всіх покупок, що " -"трапляються нечасто, і не вимагають оцінки інвентаризації або управління. " -"Якщо ви створюєте такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару як " -"**Послуга**. " +"Рекомендується створити товар **Різне** для всіх купівель, які відбуваються " +"нечасто і не потребують оцінки запасів або управління. Якщо ви створюєте " +"такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару **Послуга**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -13349,44 +14335,44 @@ msgstr "Прийом товару" msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви придбали будь-які товари, які можна запакувати та якими ви керуєте в" -" інвентаризації, вам потрібно буде отримати товари з додатку **Склад** після" -" підтвердження замовлення на купівлю. На **інформаційній панелі Складу** ви " -"побачите кнопку, яка зв'язує вас безпосередньо з передачею товарів. Ця " -"кнопка наведена червоним кольором нижче:" +"Якщо ви придбали будь-які товари, що зберігаються, якими ви керуєте на " +"складі, вам потрібно буде отримати товари з модуля Склад після підтвердження" +" замовлення на купівлю. На **Панелі приладів Складу** ви побачите кнопку, що" +" безпосередньо посилає вас на переміщення товарів. Ця кнопка окреслена " +"червоним кольором внизу:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -"Переміщення по цьому маршруту приведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " -"очікують на отримання." +"Навігація цього маршруту переведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " +"необхідно отримати." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас багато очікуваних замовлень, застосуйте фільтр за допомогою " -"панелі пошуку у верхньому правому куті. За допомогою цього рядка пошуку ви " -"можете фільтрувати на основі постачальника (партнера), товару або вихідного " -"документа, також відомого як посилання на ваше замовлення на купівлю. Ви " -"також можете групувати замовлення за різними критеріями **в групі**. " -"Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний екран, де ви " -"отримаєте товари." +"Якщо у вас є багато очікуваних замовлень, застосуйте фільтр за допомогою " +"панелі пошуку вгорі праворуч. За допомогою цієї панелі пошуку ви можете " +"фільтрувати на основі постачальника (партнера), товару або вихідного " +"документа (також відомого як референс вашого замовлення на купівлю). Ви " +"також можете групувати замовлення за різними критеріями в розділі " +"**Групувати за**. Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний " +"екран, де ви отримаєте товари." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не викликають замовлення на доставку." +msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -13394,46 +14380,47 @@ msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -"Коли ви отримаєте рахунок постачальника за попередню купівлю, обов'язково " -"зареєструйте його в додатку Закупівлі в **меню Управління**. Вам потрібно " -"створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть якщо ви вже зареєстрували " +"Коли ви отримуєте рахунок постачальника на попередню купівлю, переконайтеся " +"у цьому записі в модулі Купівлі під **Меню Контролю**. Вам необхідно " +"створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть, якщо ви вже зареєстрували " "замовлення на купівлю." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -"Перше, що вам потрібно буде зробити при створенні рахунку постачальника, - " -"вибрати відповідного постачальника, оскільки це також потягне за собою будь-" -"яку відповідну інформацію про бухоблік або інформацію про ціну. Звідти ви " -"можете вказати один або кілька замовлень на купівлю, щоб за допомогою цього " -"заповнити рахунок постачальника. Коли ви виберете замовлення на купівлю зі " -"списку, Odoo виведе будь-які товари, не пов'язані з рахунком, але " -"пов'язаними з цим замовленням на купівлю, і автоматично заповнить цю " -"інформацію нижче. Якщо вам важко знайти відповідний рахунок постачальника, " -"ви можете здійснити пошук у списку, ввівши номер посилання постачальника або" -" внутрішній номер замовлення на купівлю." +"Перше, що вам потрібно буде зробити при створенні рахунка постачальника - це" +" вибрати відповідного постачальника, оскільки це також дозволить отримати " +"будь-яку пов’язану інформацію з бухгалтерського обліку чи прайс-листа. " +"Звідти ви можете вказати одне або кілька замовлень на купівлю, щоби " +"заповнити рахунок постачальника. Коли ви вибираєте зі списку Замовлення на " +"купівлю, Odoo витягає будь-які не виставлені в рахунку товари, пов’язані з " +"цим Замовленням, та автоматично заповнить цю інформацію нижче. Якщо вам " +"важко знайти відповідний рахунок постачальника, ви можете здійснити пошук у " +"списку, ввівши довідковий номер постачальника або внутрішній номер " +"замовлення на купівлю." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" -"Хоча рахунок-фактура знаходиться в стані чернетки, ви можете внести будь-які" -" зміни, які вам потрібні (скажімо, видалити або додати рядки товарів, " -"змінити їх кількість та змінити ціни)." +"Поки рахунок-фактура знаходиться у стані чернетки, ви можете вносити будь-" +"які необхідні зміни (тобто видаляти або додавати рядки товару, змінювати " +"кількість та змінювати ціни)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" @@ -13447,7 +14434,7 @@ msgid "" "products." msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-" -"фактури, коли вони відправляють товару." +"фактури, коли вони відправляють товари." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." @@ -13462,12 +14449,12 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -"Щоразу, коли ви записуєте новий рахунок постачальник, Odoo буде автоматично " -"заповнювати кількість продукту на основі того, що було отримано від " +"Щоразу, коли ви записуєте новий рахунок постачальника, Odoo буде автоматично" +" заповнювати кількість товару на основі того, що було отримано від " "постачальника. Якщо це значення показує нуль, це означає, що ви ще не " "отримали цей товар, і просто слугує нагадуванням, що товар не знаходиться " -"\"на руках\", і вам, можливо, доведеться додатково дізнатись про це. У будь-" -"який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете " +"\"на руках\", і вам, можливо, доведеться додатково розбиратися в цьому. У " +"будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете " "перевизначити цю нульову кількість." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 @@ -13482,34 +14469,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -"Якщо рахунок, який ви отримуєте від постачальника, має кількості, які не " -"відповідають автоматичному заповненню Odoo, це може бути пов'язано з " +"Якщо рахунок, який ви отримуєте від постачальника, містить кількість, що не " +"відповідає кількості, автоматично заповненій Odoo, це може бути пов’язано з " "кількома причинами:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" -"постачальник неправильно стягує з вас оплату за товари та/або послуги, які " -"ви не замовляли," +"Постачальник неправильно вказує товари та/або послуги, які ви не замовляли." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -"постачальник виставляє рахунки за товари, які ви, можливо, ще не отримали, " +"Постачальник виставляє рахунки за товари, які ви, можливо, ще не отримали, " "оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або " -"отриманих кількостях," +"отриманих кількостях." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "або постачальник не зарахував вас за раніше придбані товари." +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "Постачальник не виставляв вам рахунки за раніше придбані товари." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -13517,9 +14503,9 @@ msgid "" "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -"У цих випадках рекомендується перевірити, чи є рахунок та будь-який " -"пов'язаний з ним порядок купівлі правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви замовили " -"та що ви вже отримали." +"У цих випадках рекомендується перевірити, чи є рахунок та будь-яке пов'язане" +" замовлення на купівлю з постачальником правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви " +"замовили та що ви вже отримали." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -13527,26 +14513,26 @@ msgid "" "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" "Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком " -"продавця, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин." +"постачальника, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -"продавець вже виставив рахунок за цей замовлення, тому він не буде " -"з'являтися в будь-якому місці вибору," +"Постачальник уже виставляв рахунок за це замовлення на купівлю; тому він не " +"з’явиться у виборі." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -"хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на придбання для цього " -"постачальника," +"Хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на купівлю для цього " +"постачальника." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "або продавець заряджає вас за те, що ви не замовляли." +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "Постачальник стягує плату з вас за те, що ви не замовляли." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" @@ -13570,12 +14556,12 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" "Якщо вам потрібно керувати товарами на основі замовлених кількостей та " -"отриманими кількостями, вам потрібно буде належати до групи **менеджерів " -"покупок**. Попросіть системного адміністратора ввімкнути цей доступ у " +"отриманими кількостями, вам потрібно буде належати до групи **Менеджер " +"купівлі**. Попросіть системного адміністратора увімкнути цей доступ у " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі --> Користувачі --> Права " -"доступу`. Коли ви належатимете до правильної групи, виберіть товар(и), який " -"ви хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою" -" **Контроль рахунків закупівлі**." +"доступу`. Коли ви належатимете до правильної групи, виберіть товар, який ви " +"хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою " +"**Контроль рахунків закупівлі**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -13587,7 +14573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "По замовленій кількості" +msgstr "Замовлені кількості" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" @@ -13600,16 +14586,16 @@ msgstr "Групова оплата" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -"Під час створення рахунку постачальника та вибору відповідного замовлення на" -" купівлю ви можете продовжувати вибирати додаткові замовлення на купівлю, і " -"Odoo додасть додаткові елементи з цього замовлення на купівлю. Якщо ви не " -"видалили попередні елементи з першого рядка купівлі, рахунок буде пов'язано " -"з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." +"Створюючи рахунок постачальника та вибираючи відповідне замовлення на " +"купівлю, ви можете продовжувати вибирати додаткові замовлення на купівлю. " +"Odoo додасть додаткові елементи рядка з вибраних замовлень на купівлю. Якщо " +"ви не видалили попередні елементи з першого замовлення на купівлю, рахунок " +"буде пов’язаний з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" @@ -13618,7 +14604,7 @@ msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Рахунки клієнтів" +msgstr "Рахунки клієнта" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" @@ -13671,8 +14657,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру клієнта та вибрати доданий термін " "оплати готівкою. Після перевірки рахунка-фактури, Odoo автоматично розділить" -" частину дебіторської заборгованості запису у журналі на дві частини, що " -"мають різні терміни. Оскільки знижена ціна вже розрахована, ваші елементи " +" частину дебіторської заборгованості запису журналу на дві частини, що мають" +" різні терміни. Оскільки знижена ціна вже розрахована, ваші елементи " "контролю оплати будуть спрощені." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 @@ -13791,8 +14777,8 @@ msgid "" "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" "**Додайте рядок округлення**: якщо потрібне округлення, Odoo додасть рядок у" -" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоб врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні " -"визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення." +" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоби врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні" +" визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -13837,7 +14823,7 @@ msgstr "" "періодів є рахуноком заборгованості, оскільки він стосується доходу, який ще" " не було зароблено, але являє собою товари чи послуги, які заборговано перед" " клієнтом. Оскільки товари або послуги доставляються з часом, прибуток " -"визнається та відображається у звіті про прибутки та збитки." +"визнається та відображається у звіті про доходи." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -13846,11 +14832,10 @@ msgid "" "invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" " is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." msgstr "" -"Наприклад: скажімо, ви продаєте контракт на суму 2 роки на суму 24 000 дол " -"США, який починається в наступному місяці на строк 24 місяці. Після " -"перевірки рахунка-фактури клієнта, 24 000 доларів США слід розмістити на " -"рахунку доходів майбутніх періодів. Це тому, що 24 000 доларів, отримані " -"вами, ще не було зароблено." +"Наприклад: скажімо, ви продаєте контракт на 2 роки на суму $24,000, який " +"починається в наступному місяці на строк 24 місяці. Після перевірки рахунка-" +"фактури клієнта, $24.000 слід розмістити на рахунку доходів майбутніх " +"періодів. Це тому, що $24.000, отримані вами, ще не було зароблено." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13859,8 +14844,7 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" "Протягом наступних 24 місяців ви будете зменшувати рахунок доходів майбутніх" -" періодів на 1000 дол. США (24 000 дол. США) за місяць та визнавати цю суму " -"як дохід." +" періодів на $1,000 ($24,000/24) за місяць та визнавати цю суму як дохід." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" @@ -13947,7 +14931,7 @@ msgstr "Товар" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Тип доходу майбутніх періодів" +msgstr "Тип доходів майбутніх періодів" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" @@ -13967,7 +14951,7 @@ msgstr "Контракт на 1 рік обслуговування" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Продаж та виставлення рахунків-фактури" +msgstr "Продаж та виставлення товарів у рахунках-фактурах" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -14050,7 +15034,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунку-фактури:" +msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунка-фактури:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 @@ -14077,7 +15061,7 @@ msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте свої звичайні планові розстрочки з програми " +"Налаштуйте свої звичайні планові розстрочки з модуля " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування > Умови оплати`." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 @@ -14135,7 +15119,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**рахунку-фактурі**: термін оплати буде застосовуватися лише до цього " -"рахунку-фактури" +"рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -14254,12 +15238,12 @@ msgid "" "delivery order" msgstr "" "Рахунок перед доставкою: виписуйте повне замовлення перед тим, як запустити " -"замовлення доставки" +"замовлення на доставку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення доставки: дивіться наступний розділ" +"Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення на доставку: дивіться наступний розділ" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -14279,7 +15263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Для більшості інших випадків використання рекомендується вручну зараховувати" " рахунок. Це дозволяє продавцеві ініціювати рахунок-фактуру за вимогою за " -"допомогою варіантів: рахунок-фактура на весь порядок, рахунок-фактура на " +"допомогою варіантів: рахунок-фактура на все замовлення, рахунок-фактура на " "відсоток (аванс), рахунок-фактура на кілька рядків, рахунок-фактура " "фіксованого авансу." @@ -14287,6 +15271,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" +msgstr "Читати більше: *Рахунок на основі замовлення на продаж.*" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура" @@ -14302,7 +15290,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактуру на основі замовлень на доставку, а не замовлення на продаж. Цей " "метод підходить для підприємств, де кількість, яку ви доставляєте, може " "відрізнятись від замовлених кількостей: продукти харчування (рахунок-фактура" -" на основі фактичних Kg)." +" на основі фактичних кг)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14313,7 +15301,11 @@ msgstr "" "Таким чином, якщо ви доставляєте часткове замовлення, ви сплачуєте лише те, " "що ви дійсно доставили. Якщо ви повертаєте замовлення (частково доставте, а " "решта пізніше), клієнт отримає два рахунки-фактури, по одному для кожного " -"замовлення доставки." +"замовлення на доставку." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" +msgstr "Читати більше: *Рахунок на основі замовлення на доставку.*" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -14367,7 +15359,7 @@ msgstr "придбані матеріали (які ви будете надав #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "час і матеріал на основі розкладу або покупки (субпідряд)" +msgstr "час і матеріали на основі табелю або купівлі (субпідряд)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -14387,6 +15379,14 @@ msgstr "" "послуг компанії, які виставляють рахунки-фактури за встановлену ціну, вони " "використовують звичайний замовлення на продаж." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" +" contracts and invoicing plans?*" +msgstr "" +"Читати більше: - *Як виставити рахунок на основі часу та матеріалів?* - " +"*Як керувати планом контрактів та виставленням рахунків?*" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Повторювані контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" @@ -14401,6 +15401,10 @@ msgstr "" "Частота виставлення рахунків та послуг/товарів, на які виставлено рахунок, " "визначаються на контракті." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" +msgstr "Читати більше: *Виставлення рахунків на основі підписки.*" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну" @@ -14491,8 +15495,8 @@ msgid "" "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" "Налаштуйте звичайні умови оплати в меню Налаштування програми Бухоблік. Опис" -" терміну оплати - це той, який відображається в рахунку-фактурі або в " -"розпорядженні продавця." +" терміну оплати - це той, який відображається в рахунку-фактурі або " +"замовленні на продаж." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -14502,12 +15506,20 @@ msgid "" " days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " "100%)" msgstr "" -"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або декілька рядків" -" (10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " +"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або кілька рядків " +"(10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " "термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. " "(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " "може бути не рівно 100%)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +msgid "" +"screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" +" this object" +msgstr "" +"зробіть скріншот форм терміну оплати, після того, як QDP здійснило " +"заплановані зміни на цьому об'єкті" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Використання умов оплати" @@ -14522,7 +15534,7 @@ msgid "" "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -"**клаєнта**: автоматично застосовуйте цю умову оплати за новими замовленнями" +"**клієнта**: автоматично застосовуйте цю умову оплати за новими замовленнями" " на продаж або рахунками-фактурами для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови " "платежу для клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цю умову оплати для всіх майбутніх " "замовлень цього клієнта." @@ -14539,7 +15551,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" -"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунку-фактури" +"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -14579,7 +15591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Але якщо вам потрібно керувати умовами постачальника з кількома " "розстрочками, ви все ще можете користуватися платіжними умовами, так само, " -"як у рахунках-покупцях. Якщо ви встановили термін платежу на рахунку " +"як у рахунках клієнтів. Якщо ви встановили термін платежу на рахунку " "постачальника, вам не потрібно встановлювати термін сплати. Точна дата " "внесення всіх платежів буде автоматично створена." @@ -14606,7 +15618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "Змінення підтвердженого рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Змінення підтвердженого рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -14627,7 +15639,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo буде автоматично:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "Створювати повернення для вашого рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Створювати повернення для вашого рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 @@ -14635,8 +15647,8 @@ msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "" -"Призначати рахунок-фактуру з оригінальним рахунком-фактурою (позначення як " -"сплачений)" +"Узгоджувати рахунок-фактуру з оригінальним рахунком-фактурою (позначаючи " +"обидва як сплачено)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" @@ -14651,7 +15663,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "Скасування рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Скасування рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -14692,10 +15704,10 @@ msgid "" "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," " send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." msgstr "" -"Odoo автоматично створить проект повернення коштів. Ви можете змінити " -"повернення коштів (наприклад, видаліть рядки, які ви не хочете відшкодувати)" -" та перевірити їх. Потім відправте повернення звичайною поштою або " -"електронною поштою своєму клієнту." +"Odoo автоматично створить чернетку повернення. Ви можете змінити повернення " +"(наприклад, видаліть рядки, які ви не хочете відшкодувати) та перевірити їх." +" Потім відправте повернення звичайною поштою або електронною поштою своєму " +"клієнту." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -14707,7 +15719,7 @@ msgstr "" "Повернення по рахунку-фактурі відрізняється від повернення платежу. Зазвичай" " повернення по рахунку-фактурі надсилається до того, як клієнт здійснив " "оплату. Якщо клієнт уже заплатив, кошти повинні бути відшкодовані, " -"здійснивши повернення по рахунку-фактурі." +"здійснивши оплату повернення клієнту." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" @@ -14768,7 +15780,7 @@ msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш чистим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " +"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " "оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі QuickBooks і " "Peachtree)." @@ -14777,13 +15789,13 @@ msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -"Можливо, ви подивитеся на *функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете " +"Можливо, ви подивитеся на *Функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете " "кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Варіант 1: не зараховані кошти" +msgstr "Варіант 1: незараховані кошти" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -14829,7 +15841,7 @@ msgid "" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" "Спосіб оплати: перевірте журнал (який ви налаштовували за допомогою " -"дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **незараховані кошти**)" +"дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **Незараховані кошти**)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" @@ -14873,7 +15885,7 @@ msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура відмічається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте чек." +"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте чек." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -14976,7 +15988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "Як зареєструвати оплати кредитною карткою в рахунках-фактури?" +msgstr "Як зареєструвати оплати кредитною карткою в рахунках-фактурах?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14995,12 +16007,12 @@ msgid "" "Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -"**Не зараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських " -"країнах): після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте" -" платіж за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи " -"журнал кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку не зараховані кошти). " -"Потім, коли платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, " -"перемістіть гроші з не зарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок." +"**Незараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських країнах):" +" після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте платіж " +"за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи журнал " +"кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку незараховані кошти). Потім, коли " +"платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, перемістіть " +"гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -15010,10 +16022,10 @@ msgid "" "statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -"**Лише один журнал** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того, як ви " -"отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж у ваш " -"банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на не зараховані кошти. " -"Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте " +"**Лише один запис журналу** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того," +" як ви отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж" +" у ваш банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на незараховані " +"кошти. Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте " "відповідність за допомогою банківського каналу та платежу за допомогою " "кредитної картки, не створюючи спеціальну публікацію журналу." @@ -15036,8 +16048,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо ви користуєтеся електронною комерцією та автоматизованим шлюзом " "платежів, вам потрібно буде лише взяти під контроль частину узгодження " -"банку, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично записано в " -"правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід." +"банківських виписок, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично " +"записано в правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -15045,7 +16057,7 @@ msgid "" "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш чистим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " +"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " "оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі *QuickBooks* і " "*Peachtree*)." @@ -15054,7 +16066,7 @@ msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" msgstr "" -"На модулі обліку перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Журнали --> " +"В модулі Бухоблік перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Журнали --> " "Створити`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 @@ -15080,9 +16092,8 @@ msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -"Тип облікового запису має бути \"Кредитна картка\". Після цього не забувайте" -" встановлювати обліковий запис \"Кредитні картки\" як \"Дозволити " -"узгодження\"." +"Тип рахунку має бути \"Кредитна картка\". Після цього не забувайте " +"встановлювати рахунок \"Кредитні картки\" як \"Дозволити узгодження\"." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 @@ -15115,7 +16126,7 @@ msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: кредитна картка" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть посилання на рахунок-фактуру" +msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть референс рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" @@ -15189,8 +16200,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки буде здійснено платіж " "за допомогою кредитної картки. Щойно ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви " -"зробите узгодження із заявою та цим фактичним платежем (технічно: вкажіть " -"цей платіж і пов'яжіть його з рядком заяви)." +"зробите узгодження із випискою та цим фактичним платежем (технічно: вкажіть " +"цей платіж і пов'яжіть його з рядком виписки)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -15401,7 +16412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "Особисті дебіторські мандати " +msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -15415,7 +16426,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." -msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA працює лише між рахунками IBAN Bank." +msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA працює лише між банківськими рахунками IBAN." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -15556,12 +16567,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, клієнт має вичерпний кредит з" " вашою компанією або вашою компанією як непогашену кінцеву оплату з " -"продавцем. Ви можете використовувати цей непогашений кредит/дебет для оплати" -" майбутніх рахунків." +"постачальником. Ви можете використовувати цей непогашений кредит/дебет для " +"оплати майбутніх рахунків." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "Оплата рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Оплата рахунка-фактури" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -15609,7 +16620,7 @@ msgid "" "you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -"У програмі Бухоблік ви можете створити новий платіж в меню Продажі " +"У модулі Бухоблік ви можете створити новий платіж в меню Продажі " "(зареєструвати платіж клієнта) або в меню Купівля (оплатити постачальнику). " "Якщо ви користуєтеся цими меню, платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " "але його можна легко узгодити з рахунком-фактурою пізніше." @@ -15634,11 +16645,11 @@ msgid "" "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" "Щойно буде підтвердження, буде надруковано запис журналу, що відображає " -"транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерській заявці." +"транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерському модулі." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "Узгодження платежів до рахунків-фактур" +msgstr "Узгодження платежів рахунків-фактур" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 2679faaf6..442f69d7f 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Додатки" +msgstr "Заявки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index ddb2b5a88..93e44fcef 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Генеруйте лід/нагоди з електронної пошти" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації ліду/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " +"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " "замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " "_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." @@ -157,11 +157,12 @@ msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on " +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" -"За допомогою додатку CRM ви скористаєтесь готовою до використання контактною" -" формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично створить ліди/нагоди." +"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " +"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " +"ліди/нагоди." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -182,50 +183,49 @@ msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your " -"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the " -"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, " -"etc...)" +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" -"Ви можете дізнатися більше від свого відвідувача, коли вони використовують " -"контактну форму для контакту з вами. Після цього на веб-сайті потрібно " -"створити спеціальну контактну форму. Ці форми можуть генерувати декілька " -"типів записів у системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, " -"заявки служб підтримки, тощо ...)" +"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " +"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " +"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" +" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " +"підтримки тощо)." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in " +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" -"Вам буде потрібно встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форми*. " -"Доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise." +"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " +"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" -"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the " -"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you " -"wish." +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." msgstr "" -"З будь-якої сторінки, в якій ви хочете, щоб ваша контактна форма опинилась в" -" режимі редагування, перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінці, і ви зможете " -"додати всі потрібні поля." +"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " +"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " +"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" -"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to " +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням будь-яка нова контактна форма надсилатиме електронний лист," -" ви зможете перейти до створення ліду/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." +"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " +"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will" -" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Якщо один і той же відвідувач заповнює контактну форму двічі, друга " -"інформація буде додана до першого ліда/нагоди у чатері." +"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" +" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" -"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before " -"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM " -"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" -"Використовуючи контактну форму, рекомендується скористатись етапом " -"кваліфікації, перш ніж призначити потрібних продавців. Для цього активуйте " -"*Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та зверніться до :doc:`convert`." +"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " +"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " +"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" @@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву програми " -"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде " -"переадресування. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" +"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву модуля " +"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде відбуватися " +"перенаправлення. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" "адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " "Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." @@ -380,8 +380,8 @@ msgid "" "mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" " in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до пункту \"Зразок згоди\", введіть назву продукту (наприклад, " -"Odoo Calendar). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не " +"Перейдіть до етапу Зразок згоди, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Odoo " +"Calendar). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не " "обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше введете" " ідентифікатор клієнта в Odoo." @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть до *Облікові " +"Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть на *Облікові " "дані*, щоб отримати **Секретний ключ клієнта**. Обидва вони потрібні в Odoo." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 @@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Програми* або встановіть " -"прапорець у полі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." +"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -432,11 +432,11 @@ msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щ #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Використовуйте послугу VOIP в Odoo з OnSIP" +msgstr "Використовуйте послугу IP-телефонії в Odoo з OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" +msgstr "Вступ" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -444,9 +444,10 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -"Odoo VoIP може бути налаштований для роботи разом з OnSIP (www.onsip.com). У" -" цьому випадку інсталяція та налаштування сервера Asterisk не потрібні, " -"оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована OnSIP." +"ІР-телефонія Odoo може бути налаштована для роботи разом з OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). У цьому випадку встановлення та налаштування сервера " +"Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " +"OnSIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -489,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Виробництво" +msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Розробник" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -497,8 +498,8 @@ msgid "" "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до **Налаштування/Користувачі**. У формі перегляду кожного " -"користувача VoIP на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ **Налаштування " -"PBX**:" +"користувача IP-телефонії на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ " +"**Налаштування PBX**:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" @@ -506,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: the OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" +msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -524,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ви можете знайти всю цю інформацію, увійшовши за адресою " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, а потім виберіть користувача, якого ви хочете" -" налаштувати, і послайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче." +" налаштувати, і посилайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете телефонувати, натиснувши значок телефону у верхньому правому" " куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " -"налаштований у Odoo та OnSIP)." +"налаштований в Odoo та OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -566,7 +567,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефон" +msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -577,9 +578,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб робити та отримувати телефонні дзвінки, коли ви не перебуваєте перед " "вашим комп'ютером, ви можете використовувати прикладну програму для " -"мобільних телефонів паралельно з Odoo VoIP. Це корисно для викликів на ходу," -" але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, або " -"просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP-софтфон буде працювати." +"мобільних телефонів паралельно з ІР-телефонією Odoo. Це корисно для викликів" +" на ходу, але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, " +"або просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP softphone буде працювати." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -595,7 +596,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "**Назва обліку**: OnSIP" +msgstr "**Ім'я облікового запису**: OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" @@ -603,11 +604,11 @@ msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**SIP ID користувача**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" +msgstr "**ID користувача SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**SIP Аутентифікація ID**: OnSIP 'Аут Ім'я користувача'" +msgstr "**ID Аутентифікації SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача аут.' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -824,7 +825,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" "Для WebRTC велика кількість необхідних параметрів ПОВИННА бути в показаних " -"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре попадають в налаштування " +"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре потраплять в налаштування " "показаних рівнів. За замовчуванням конфігураційні файли Asterisk розташовані" " в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " "наступні рядки не коментуються:" @@ -841,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" "iicesupport. У більшості випадків, Directmedia повинен бути відключений. " "Також під клієнтом WebRTC транспорт потрібно вказати як \"ws\", щоб " "дозволити з'єднання веб-вузлів. Всі ці конфігураційні лінії мають бути під " -"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних ліній глобально може не " +"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних рядки глобально можуть не " "працювати:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 @@ -857,12 +858,11 @@ msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ІР-телефонію Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo, конфігурація повинна виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." +msgstr "В Odoo налаштування повинне виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ msgid "" "required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" " an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -"Розширення SIP Логін/Браузер - це номер, який ви вже налаштували у файлі " +"Логін SIP/Розширення браузера - це номер, який ви вже налаштували у файлі " "sip.conf. У нашому прикладі 1060. Пароль SIP - секрет, який ви обрали у " "файлі sip.conf. Розширення телефону вашого офісу не є обов'язковим полем, " "але воно використовується, якщо ви хочете передати свій дзвінок з Odoo на " @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Подивіться про прострочені нагоди або на закриття незабаром" +msgstr "Подивіться протерміновані або нагоди на закриття незабаром" #: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ msgid "" "*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" "У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " -"як втрачений*." +"як втрачено*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Керуте та створюйте причини втрат" +msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1157,8 +1157,8 @@ msgid "" "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " "want to take." msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато нагод чи всі, так і вибрати дії, які ви " -"хочете зробити." +"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато, так і всі нагоди, а також вибрати дії, які" +" ви хочете зробити." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Тепер кожного разу, коли в контактній формі створюється лід, він буде " "відстежувати сторінки, відвідані цим відвідувачем. У вас є два способи, щоб " -"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліду/нагоди, ви " +"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліда/нагоди, ви " "можете бачити кнопку *Перегляди сторінок*, а також внизу ви побачите їх у " "чаті." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 0c2770c00..f4960e1b3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -69,8 +72,8 @@ msgid "" "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " "flows without compromising your daily operations" msgstr "" -"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові " -"програми або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції" +"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові модулі" +" або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" @@ -78,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`Перейменування <rename_online_database>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Перейменувати вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)" +msgstr "Перейменуйте вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" @@ -128,70 +131,195 @@ msgstr "Оновлення" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" -"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the" -" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, " -"click on the \"Upgrade\" button." +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте підключитися до бази даних, яку потрібно оновити, і отримати " -"доступ до сторінки керування базою даних. У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете " -"оновити, натисніть кнопку \"Оновити\"." +"Оновлення вашої бази даних до нової версії Odoo - це складна операція, яка " +"вимагає часу та обережності. Надзвичайно важливо, щоби ви повністю " +"протестували процес перед оновленням виробничої бази." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" +"Odoo регулярно випускає нові версії (принаймні один раз на рік), а оновлення" +" бази даних, щоби користуватися новими функціями Odoo, є частиною досвіду " +"Odoo Online." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will" -" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Ви маєте можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми " -"вибираємо найвищу доступну версію для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в " -"процесі тестування міграції, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже " -"перевіряли (навіть якщо ми випустили нову версію під час тестування)." +"Процес оновлення може зайняти деякий час, особливо якщо ви використовуєте " +"кілька додатків або програм, які керують конфіденційними даними (наприклад, " +"Бухоблік, Склад та ін.). Загалом, чим менша база даних, тим швидше буде " +"оновлено. База даних для одного користувача, яка використовує лише CRM, буде" +" оброблятися швидше, ніж база даних мульти-компаній та багатьох юзерів, яка " +"використовує Бухоблік, Продаж, Купівлі та Виробництво." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be " -"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will " -"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" -"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестове оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення. " -"Якщо на нашу автоматизовану систему не виникне ніяких проблем, ви отримаєте " -"\"Тестову\" версію оновленої бази даних." +"На жаль, неможливо дати оцінку часу для кожного запиту на оновлення, " +"оскільки Odoo.com щонайменше один раз перевірятиме вручну кожне оновлення " +"бази даних та потрібно буде виправити/адаптувати зміни, внесені до " +"стандартних модулів Odoo (наприклад, через Студію або через Пакет послуг) у " +"кожному конкретному випадку. Це може зробити процес повільніше, оскільки " +"запити обробляються в порядку їх надходження. Особливо це стосується місяців" +" після виходу нової основної версії, яка може значно подовжити затримку " +"оновлення." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test " -"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified " -"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." -msgstr "" -"Якщо наша автоматична система виявляє проблему під час створення тестової " -"бази даних, наша команда буде працювати над цим. Ви отримаєте сповіщення " -"електронною поштою, а процес триватиме до 4 тижнів." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "Процес оновлення з вашої сторони досить простий:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "Ваш запит на тестове оновлення" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data " -"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual " -"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" msgstr "" -"Ви матимете можливість перевірити його протягом 1 місяця. Перегляньте свої " -"дані (наприклад, бухгалтерські звіти, складську оцінку тощо), перевірте, чи " -"правильно працюють всі ваші звичайні процеси (CRM, Продажі тощо)." +"Коли усі тести будуть підтверджені **вами**, ви оновлюєте вашу фактичну базу" +" даних" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "Обробка запиту на тестове чи робоче (*фактичне*) оновлення однакова." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" -"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, " -"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on " -"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production " -"database to the new version." +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви будете готові і все правильно під час міграції тестування," -" ви можете знову натиснути кнопку Оновити та підтвердити, натиснувши кнопку " -"Оновити (кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоб переключити базу даних " -"впровадження на нову версію." +"Спершу переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити " +"та отримайте доступ до `сторінки управління базою даних " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" +"Потрібно мати активну сесію з доступом до модуля Налаштування в базі даних, " +"яку ви хочете оновити, щоби кнопка була видимою." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" +"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити, натисніть на меню \"Cog\". Якщо " +"доступна новіша версія Odoo, ви побачите кнопку \"Оновити\"." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" +"У вас є можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми " +"вибираємо найвищу версію, доступну для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в " +"процесі тестування оновлення, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже " +"тестували (навіть якщо ми випустили більш нову версію під час ваших тестів)." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" +"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестувати оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення." +" Вчасно можна зробити один запит для кожної бази даних; якщо запит уже " +"зроблено, ви побачите замітку \"Оновити чергу\", і запит на інший запит буде" +" неможливим." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" +"Тестове оновлення створить копію вашої бази даних, оновить її та автоматично" +" зробить її доступною для вас. Якщо це перший тест, який ви запитуєте для " +"цієї конкретної бази даних, Odoo.com здійснить етап ручного тестування - це " +"може зайняти час (до декількох тижнів). Подальші запити не пройдуть цей крок" +" тестування вручну, і зазвичай вони будуть доступні через кілька годин. " +"Після того, як тестова база даних буде доступною, ви повинні отримати " +"електронний лист із URL-адресою тестової бази даних." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"**Тестування вашої бази даних є найважливішим кроком процесу оновлення!** " +"Хоча ми перевіряємо всі оновлення вручну, ми не знаємо ваших робочих " +"процесів. Зміна стандартних технологій Odoo в нових версіях може вимагати " +"змінити внутрішні процеси, або деякі налаштування, зроблені через Odoo " +"Studio, тепер можуть працювати належним чином. *Ви повинні переконатися, що " +"все працює як слід!* Про проблеми зі своєю тестовою базою даних ви можете " +"повідомляти через нашу `Сторінку підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте зробити останній тест оновлення безпосередньо перед остаточним " +"оновленням (наприклад, напередодні), щоб гарантувати, що все буде працювати " +"безперебійно. Поновлення версії неможливе, а післяналаштовуване оновлення " +"завжди простіше, ніж запобігання роботі над оновленням після факту!" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як ви будете готові і підтвердили всі свої тести, ви можете " +"знову натиснути кнопку «Оновити» та підтвердити, натиснувши «Оновити» " +"(кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоби перемкнути вашу робочу базу даних на " +"нову версію. Потім ваша база даних буде перенесена офлайн протягом наступних" +" 10 хвилин і буде оновлена автоматично; ви отримаєте електронний лист із " +"підтвердженням, коли процес завершено." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " @@ -201,21 +329,21 @@ msgstr "" "(зазвичай від 30 хвилин до декількох годин для великих баз даних), тому " "обов'язково плануйте міграцію протягом неробочих годин." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" "Дублювання бази даних, перейменування, користувацький DNS і т. д. недоступні" -" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Платні бази даних та база " -"даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем." +" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Оплачені бази даних та " +"база даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" @@ -226,7 +354,7 @@ msgstr "" "доведеться назвати свою копію, потім натисніть кнопку **Копіювати базу " "даних**." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" @@ -234,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не перевіряєте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\" під час " "копіювання бази даних, всі зовнішні процеси залишатимуться активними:" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Електронні листи надсилаються" +msgstr "Відправлення електронних листів" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" @@ -246,15 +374,15 @@ msgstr "" "Платежі обробляються (наприклад, у програмах електронної комерції або " "підписки)" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" msgstr "Замовлення на доставку (постачальники доставки) відправляються" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." msgstr "І т.д.." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." @@ -262,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\", якщо ви хочете, щоб ці дії " "були вимкнені." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." @@ -270,15 +398,15 @@ msgstr "" "Через кілька секунд ви будете входити в копію бази даних. Зверніть увагу, що" " URL-адреса використовує вашу назву для копій бази даних." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "Копії баз даних закінчуються автоматично через 15 днів." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 msgid "Rename a Database" msgstr "Перейменування бази даних" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -291,15 +419,15 @@ msgstr "" " Вам потрібно буде вказати нову назву у вашій базі даних, а потім натиснути " "**Перейменувати базу даних**." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 msgid "Deleting a Database" msgstr "Видалення бази даних" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." msgstr "Ви можете видалити лише ті бази даних, де ви є адміністратором." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " @@ -311,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "копію вашої бази даних, перш ніж видалити її, оскільки останнє автоматичне " "щоденне резервне копіювання може становити кілька годин на той момент." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 msgid "" "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " @@ -320,15 +448,15 @@ msgstr "" "На `сторінці управління базою даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "в рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете видалити, натисніть кнопку \"Видалити\"." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме , поки " +"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме, поки " "ви повністю не зрозумієте наслідки видалення бази даних:" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." @@ -336,14 +464,14 @@ msgstr "" "Через кілька секунд база даних буде видалена, і сторінка буде автоматично " "перезавантажена." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" "Якщо вам потрібно буде повторно використовувати цю назву бази даних, вона " "буде доступна" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " @@ -353,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" " цих випадках звертайтеся в `Службу підтримки Odoo " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" @@ -362,8 +490,8 @@ msgstr "" "підтримки Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "Управління базою даних на своєму хостингу" +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "Управління базами даних на власному сервері" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" @@ -380,7 +508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати вашу базу даних, вам просто потрібно ввести свій код " "підписки у вікні Перемикання Додатків. Переконайтеся, що ви не додали " -"додаткових пропусків перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде " +"додаткових пробілів перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде " "успішною, вона стане зеленою і надасть вам Дату закінчення термінової " "реєстрації вашої бази даних. Ви можете перевірити цю дату закінчення в меню " "Про (Odoo 9) або на інформаційній панелі параметрів (Odoo 10)." @@ -397,8 +525,9 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це " "повідомлення:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "Рішення" @@ -452,7 +581,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." @@ -492,11 +621,41 @@ msgstr "" "даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та " "виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас." +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "Перевірте налаштування мережі та firewall" + #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" +"Повідомлення про оновлення повинне мати можливість дійти до серверів " +"перевірки підписки Odoo. Іншими словами, переконайтеся, що сервер Odoo " +"здатний відкривати вихідні з'єднання у напрямку:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (або 80)" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (або 80) для старіших розгортань" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" +"Після активації вашої бази даних ви повинні тримати ці порти відкритими, " +"оскільки повідомлення про оновлення працює раз на тиждень." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" @@ -504,7 +663,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в " "підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." @@ -512,32 +671,32 @@ msgstr "" "Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. " "Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" "**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням " -"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію збільшення, оплатіть додаткових " +"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію допродажу, оплатіть додаткових " "користувачів." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 msgid "or" msgstr "або" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " "<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -"**Вимкніть користувачів**, як це описано в цій " -"`документації<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ і **Відхиліть** комерційну пропозицію збільшення." +"**Деактивуйте користувачів**, як показано у цій `Документації " +"<https://www.odoo.com " +"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`__ та **Відхиліть** комерційні пропозиції допродажу." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -551,11 +710,11 @@ msgstr "" "побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, " "<force_ping>` щоби повідомлення зникло відразу." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" @@ -563,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, " "ви побачите це повідомлення:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " @@ -573,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" "повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення " "зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" @@ -581,21 +740,21 @@ msgstr "" "Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, " "зверніть увагу," -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -"якщо ви хочете оплатити Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно поновлена " -"​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. Платежі за " -"кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." +"якщо ви хочете оплатити через Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно " +"поновлена ​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. " +"Платежі за кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" @@ -603,83 +762,11 @@ msgstr "" "Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою " "`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "Запуск повідомлення про оновлення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" -"Оновлення повідомлень відбувається раз на 7 днів і підтримує оновлення вашої" -" бази даних з вашою підпискою Odoo Enterprise. Якщо ви змінюєте вашу " -"підписку (тобто додаєте більше користувачів, поновлюєте їх протягом року " -"тощо), вашу локальну базу даних буде повідомлено про зміну лише раз на 7 " -"днів - це може призвести до розбіжностей між вашою підпискою та деякими " -"повідомленнями у вашому Перемиканні Додатків. Під час виконання такої " -"операції у вашій підписці ви можете запустити Оновлення за допомогою такої " -"процедури:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" -"Підключіться до бази даних за допомогою облікового запису **Адміністратора**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у режим розробника, скориставшись опцією **Про** у верхньому " -"правому куті меню (у V9)/ в **Налаштуваннях** (у V10): натисніть " -"**Активізувати режим розробника**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до меню \"Налаштування\", потім \"Технічні\"> \"Автоматизація\"> " -"\"Заплановані дії\"" - #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" -"Знайдіть \"Оновлення Повідомлення\" у списку, натисніть на нього і, нарешті," -" натисніть **ЗАПУСТИТИ ВРУЧНУ**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "Оновіть сторінку, сповіщення про \"закінчення терміну дії\" має зникнути" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" -"Можливо, ви зберегли той самий UUID в різних базах даних, і ми отримуємо " -"інформацію з цих баз даних теж. Тому, будь ласка, прочитайте :ref:`цю " -"документацію, <duplicate_premise>` щоб знати, як змінити UUID. Після зміни " -"ви можете примусити ping прискорити перевірку, тоді ваша впроваджена база " -"даних буде правильно визначена." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " @@ -689,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" "своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви " "можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -703,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або " "реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 msgid "" "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " "Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " @@ -878,9 +965,9 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі вашої програми ви побачите всі значки ваших " -"додатків. Натисніть програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою " -"додатку, натисніть кнопку **Видалити**." +"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " +"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" +" **Видалити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -892,7 +979,7 @@ msgid "" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" "Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " -"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збирається " +"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " "видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " "видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " "хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." @@ -906,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашої програми." +msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "Good to know" @@ -922,7 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" "**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" -" знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " +" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " "деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " "видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " "зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 696b9c0d5..f2431786d 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-" -"premise. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." +"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " +"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -139,20 +139,20 @@ msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*" -" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" "Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " -"Для цього вам необхідно включити ретранслятор SMTP та дозволити будь-які " -"адреси в розділі Дозволені відправники. Етапи налаштування пояснюються в " -"`Документації Google <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " +"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" " налаштування для Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" " include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" " _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" "Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " "створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " "правило, відбувається швидше." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " @@ -208,11 +208,11 @@ msgstr "" "доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " "використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -228,17 +228,17 @@ msgstr "" "запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" "Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " "вхідні повідомлення." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" "оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " "за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" " недійсних одержувачів." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" @@ -269,43 +269,43 @@ msgstr "" " для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " "пошти:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -"Канал продажів (для створення потенційних клієнтів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " +"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -"Підтримка каналу (для створення квитків в `Odoo Helpdesk " +"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -"Проекти (для створення нових завдань у `Odoo Project " +"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -"Вакансії (для створення Заявок в `Odoo Recruitment " +"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "etc." msgstr "тощо." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " "на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " "(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -336,14 +336,14 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo on-premises, створіть *вхідний поштовий сервер* " -"в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в загальних " -"налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань постачальника" -" послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати* на вхідних " -"листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть на " -"*ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " +"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " +"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " +"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" +" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" +" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" "імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " "*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " "their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі " "керування налаштувань." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " "--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму " "(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" " this field." msgstr "" -"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/ web\". " +"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/web\". " "Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у " "цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"." @@ -476,8 +476,8 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" "Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні " -"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter discuss` and click on " -"**Save** та натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування." +"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter` та натисніть кнопку " +"**Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування." #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-" "name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки" -" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надсилають повідомлення на поштову скриньку. " +" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надішліть повідомлення на поштову скриньку. " "Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні " "списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї " "поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не " @@ -554,14 +554,14 @@ msgid "" "everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " "follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." msgstr "" -"Використовуйте програму **Вхідні** для обговорення, щоб контролювати " -"оновлення та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите вOdoo. Сповіщення та " -"повідомлення від усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, " -"з'являються у папці Вхідні." +"Використовуйте **Вхідні** в модулі обговорення, щоб контролювати оновлення " +"та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите в Odoo. Сповіщення та повідомлення від " +"усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, з'являються у папці " +"Вхідні." #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрана." +msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрану." #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Ставайте ще більше організованими з плануванням дій" +msgstr "Ставайте ще більш організованими з плануванням дій" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -641,10 +641,10 @@ msgid "" "call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням у Odoo доступні різні типові види діяльності (наприклад, " -"дзвінок, електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові," -" перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> " -"Типи діяльності`." +"За замовчуванням в Odoo доступні різні типові види дій (наприклад, дзвінок, " +"електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові, " +"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> Типи" +" дій`." #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 msgid "Schedule meetings" @@ -656,18 +656,17 @@ msgid "" "the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " "open to let you select a time slot." msgstr "" -"Діяльність запланована на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, " -"перейдіть за типом активності *Зустріч*. При плануванні одного, календар " -"буде просто відкритий, щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал." +"Дії заплановані на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, перейдіть" +" за типом дії *Зустріч*. При плануванні дії, календар буде просто відкритий," +" щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал." #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 msgid "" "If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " "their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші види діяльності за допомогою " -"планування календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *категорія* встановлена як " -"*Зустріч*." +"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші типи дій за допомогою планування " +"календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *Категорія* встановлена як *Зустріч*." #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" @@ -688,8 +687,8 @@ msgid "" "Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " "The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли активність завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати " -"наступне*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас." +"Тепер, коли дія завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати " +"наступну*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас." #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" @@ -718,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "Створення каналу" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 msgid "" "In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічні** та **приватні**." +msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічний** та **приватний**." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -800,8 +799,8 @@ msgid "" " clicking the plus icon." msgstr "" "Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку " -"**загальнодоступних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий" -" канал, натиснувши значок +." +"**публічних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий канал, " +"натиснувши значок +." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index c316dfd56..87c31560b 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення з вкладки " +"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " "*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " "майстер завантаження." @@ -228,7 +229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму " "веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант" -" у бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +" на бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" @@ -257,7 +258,7 @@ msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Включення *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " +"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " "(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " "Налаштування`." @@ -462,9 +463,9 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" -"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Програми*. " +"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " "Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " -"лише основні програми." +"лише основні модулі." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." @@ -493,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "дозвіл клієнту вибирати валюту." +msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -556,12 +557,12 @@ msgid "" "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" "Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " -"маркетингових кампаній та застосовуйте будь-які знижки." +"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановіть" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -569,7 +570,7 @@ msgid "" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" "Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " -"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *ціни продажу*." +"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -586,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" -"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " +"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " "*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 @@ -703,8 +704,8 @@ msgstr "" "кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "Як продавати дорожчі варіанти товарів (допродаж)" +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -771,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "Податки" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Процес перевірки" +msgstr "Оформлення замовлення " #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" @@ -799,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "Отримайте оплату" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Як отримати плату за допомогою Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Як отримати оплату за допомогою Authorize.Net" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -857,10 +858,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **виробництва**." +msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **Розробника**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 msgid "Set up Odoo" msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo" @@ -870,11 +870,11 @@ msgid "" "Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." msgstr "" "Активізуйте Authorize.Net в Odoo з :menuselection:`Веб-сайту чи Продажів або" -" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Оплата покупців`." +" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри`." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "Введіть свій **ідентифікатор входу** та **транзакційний ключ API**." +msgstr "Введіть свій **ID входу** та **Транзакційний ключ API**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -883,14 +883,13 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" " about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати ці облікові дані у Authorize.Net, ви можете покластися на відео" +"Щоб отримати ці облікові дані в Authorize.Net, ви можете покластися на відео" " з ідентифікаторами реєстрації API та відео-транзакції Video Tutorials " "Authorize.Net. <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Такі відеозаписи " "дають змістовну інформацію про те, як налаштувати обліковий запис " "Authorize.Net відповідно до ваших потреб." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Go live" msgstr "Розпочніть" @@ -900,7 +899,7 @@ msgid "" "merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." msgstr "" "Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Authorize.Net видимим у " -"вашому торговельному інтерфейсі та активувати режим **виробництва**." +"вашому інтерфейсі продавця та активувати режим **Розробника**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -909,8 +908,8 @@ msgid "" "production mode." msgstr "" "Повноваження, надані Authorize.net, відрізняються як для тестування, так і " -"для режиму виробництва. Не забувайте оновлювати їх в Odoo, коли ви вмикаєте " -"режим виробництва." +"для режиму розробника. Не забувайте оновлювати їх в Odoo, коли ви вмикаєте " +"режим розробника." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" @@ -922,16 +921,16 @@ msgid "" "account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." msgstr "" "Ви можете безкоштовно протестувати та оцінити Authorize.Net, створивши " -"обліковий запис розробника <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +"`обліковий запис розробника <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 msgid "" "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" " as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." msgstr "" -"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте права sandbox. Введіть їх в " -"Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще перебуваєте в режимі " -"*тестування*." +"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте облікові дані sandbox. " +"Введіть їх в Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще " +"перебуваєте в режимі *тестування*." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -953,19 +952,17 @@ msgstr "" "<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`payment`" msgstr ":doc:`payment`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через оплату покупців" +msgstr "Як отримати платіж через платіжні еквайєри" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -997,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Платежі покупця" +msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1005,7 +1002,7 @@ msgid "" " track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" " over time:" msgstr "" -"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко збирати гроші та " +"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко отримувати гроші та " "відстежувати статус платежу (зворотній зв'язок). Odoo підтримує все більше і" " більше платформ:" @@ -1072,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "Ви можете ввімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування покупця." +msgstr "Ви можете увімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування еквайєра." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" @@ -1104,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Як користуватися іншими покупцями (розширені)" +msgstr "Як користуватися іншими еквайєрами (розширені)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1127,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "Переключитися в режим розробника." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Встановіть спосіб оплати **Клієнта**." +msgstr "Встановіть метод платежу **Кастомний**." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1135,8 +1132,9 @@ msgid "" "acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " "duplicate." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платником. " -"Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете дублювати." +"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платіжним " +"еквайєром. Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете " +"дублювати." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 msgid "Other configurations" @@ -1174,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими покупцями" +msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1182,10 +1180,10 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" -"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде затверджений " -"покупцем. Це викликає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру на основі " -"замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість " -"замовлення." +"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде авторизовано " +"платіжним еквайєром. Це запускає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру" +" на основі замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість" +" замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" @@ -1206,8 +1204,8 @@ msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" -"*Очікує на розгляд*: одержувач платежу утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " -"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу покупця." +"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " +"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1217,7 +1215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo " "замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати" -" суму з інтерфейсу покупця (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " +" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " "Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 @@ -1241,7 +1239,7 @@ msgid "" "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" "*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він " -"повертаються до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." +"повертається до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1284,10 +1282,10 @@ msgstr "" "для запису у ваших книгах. Цей платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-" "фактурою, позначаючи його як оплачений. Виберіть банківський рахунок, якщо " "ви одразу отримуєте платіж на своєму банківському рахунку. Якщо ви не " -"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для покупця платежу (type = Bank)." -" Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний облік " -"ваших книг, доки ви не сплачуватимете на свій банківський рахунок (див. Як " -"сплачувати кредитною карткою " +"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для покупця платежу (тип = Банк). " +"Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний рахунок " +"ваших бухгалтерських книг, доки ви не отримаєте оплату на свій банківський " +"рахунок (див. Як реєструвати платежі кредитною карткою " "<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 @@ -1317,253 +1315,390 @@ msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -"Іншими оплатами покупців ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " +"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " "інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж за допомогою Paypal" +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" -"Paypal - це простий в налаштування платіжний онлайн-сервіс. Він також єдиний" -" сервіс, який не вимагає передплату. Ми радимо його будь-якому початківцю." +"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " +"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " +"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " +"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свій обліковий запис Paypal" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." msgstr "" -"Створіть обліковий запис 'Business Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ або " -"оновіть свій обліковий запис для *облікового запису Business*, якщо у вас є " -"основний. " +"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" +"рахунок Paypayl " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " +"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " +"кроків налаштування." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" -"Зайдіть в `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ та відкрийте налаштування " -"свого профілю." +"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " +"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "Тепер відкрийте меню **Мої інструменти продажу**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "Почнемо з **налаштувань веб-сайту**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у *Товари та Послуги > Платежі" +" веб-сайту* та натисніть *Оновити* на *Переваги веб-сайту*." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть **Auto Return** і введіть **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Переконайтеся, що ця адреса " -"використовує правильний протокол (HTTP / HTTPS)." +"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " +"після того, як платіж оброблено. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та " +"введіть ваше доменне ім'я \"/shop/confirmation\" як *URL-адресу повернення* " +"(напр. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть **Передача даних платежу**. При збереженні створюється **токен " -"ідентифікації**. Пізніше вам буде запропоновано ввести його в Odoo." +"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " +"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " +"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" -"Потім поверніться до свого профілю, щоб активувати **сповіщення про миттєву " -"сплату (IPN)** у розділі **Мої інструменти продажу**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" -"Введіть **URL-адресу сповіщення**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Тепер потрібно змінити формат кодування запиту платежу, який відправив Odoo " -"до Paypal. Для цього поверніться до розділу **Мої інструменти продажу** та " -"натисніть **кнопку кодування мови кнопки PayPal** у розділі *Додаткові " -"інструменти продажу*." +"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " +"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " +"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " +"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " +"Odoo." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" -" у форматі **UTF-8**." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете, щоб ваші клієнти оплачували без створення рахунку Paypal, " -"необхідно ввімкнути **Paypal Account Optional**." +"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " +"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " +"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " +"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " +"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " +"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " +"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " +"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " +"підтвердить отримання." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " +"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте форму установки Paypal у :menuselection:`Веб-сайті або Продажі або" -" Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Оплата покупців+`. Введіть свій **ID " -"електронної пошти** та **ID продавця** та натисніть **Використовувати IPN**." +"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення - це ваше доменне ім'я + " +"“payment/paypal/ipn” (напр. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." +"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " +"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." msgstr "" -"Вони обидва надаються у вашому профілі Paypal в розділі " -":menuselection:`Інформація про мою компанію`." +"Врешті переконайтеся, що формат кодування повідомлень про оплату встановлено" +" вірно. Перейдіть на *Кодування мови кнопки PayPal*." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." +"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." msgstr "" -"Введіть **ідентифікаційний токен** в Odoo (з опції *автоматичного " -"повернення*). Для цього відкрийте *Налаштування* та активуйте **Режим " -"розробника**." +"Натисніть *Більше опцій* та встановіть два формати кодування за " +"замовчуванням як *UTF-8*." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Параметри " -"--> Параметри системи` та створіть параметр з наступними значеннями:" +"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " +"`документацію paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "Ключ: payment_paypal.pdt_token" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "Значення: ваш *Ідентифікаційний токен* Paypal" +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активація" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." msgstr "" -"Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Paypal видимим у вашому " -"торговому інтерфейсі та активувати **режим виробництва**." +"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " +"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Повноваження" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" +"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" +"*Merchant ID* можна знайти у налаштуваннях облікового запису Paypal, у " +"*Профіль > Про бізнес*." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " +"показано нижче." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Transaction fees" msgstr "Оплата транзакції" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." msgstr "" -"Ви можете стягувати додаткову плату, щоби покрити платежі транзакції, які " -"сплачує Paypal. Після переадресації на Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову " -"заявку замовлення на суму." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку *Налаштування* Paypal в Odoo і " -"перевірте *Додати додаткові платежі*. Плату за замовчуванням для США можна " -"побачити нижче." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" -"Щоб застосувати правильне стягування для вашої країни, зверніться до `Paypal" -" Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "Перевірте потоки платежів" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "Ви можете протестувати усі платежі рахунків Paypal Sandbox." +"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " +"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " +"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" -"Увійдіть в `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ з вашими" -" обліковими даними Paypal. Це створить два облікові записи Sandbox:" +"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " +"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" +"/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"..note:: `Продавцям у ЄС " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ заборонено стягувати додаткову комісію за оплату " +"кредитними картками." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " +"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " +"*Опубліковано* поруч." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " +"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " +"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " +"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "Тестове середовище" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " +"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -"Обліковий запис Business (використовуйте як продавець, наприклад, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." +"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" -"Особистий обліковий запис за замовчуванням (для використання як покупця, " -"наприклад, pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." +"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" -"Увійдіть в `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ з обліковим " -"записом продавця та дотримуйтесь тих самих інструкцій з налаштування." +"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" +" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " +"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " +"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " +"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " +"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Введіть облікові дані для Sandbox в Odoo і переконайтеся, що Paypal все ще " -"встановлений в *тестовому* режимі. Крім того, переконайтеся, що режим " -"підтвердження Paypal не *авторизує та фіксує суму, підтверджує SO та " -"автоматично перевіряє рахунок-фактуру на підтвердження покупця*. В іншому " -"випадку підтверджений рахунок автоматично генерується, коли транзакція буде " -"завершена." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " "запис Sandbox." +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "Перегляньте також" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Як керувати оплаченими замовленнями через платіжні евайєри " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Як керувати оплаченими замовленнями через платіжні еквайєри " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" + #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1613,8 +1748,8 @@ msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" -"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (білінг) також можна " -"змінити." +"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" +" також можна змінити." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1649,8 +1784,8 @@ msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" -"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **лист подяки** за допомогою вашого " -"способу оплати." +"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " +"вашого способу оплати." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 5a45ee035..18544c7fa 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,15 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -29,6 +30,16 @@ msgstr "Загальне" msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Аутентифікація" +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" @@ -105,6 +116,60 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " "налаштуваннях**." +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Імпорт даних" @@ -140,8 +205,8 @@ msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. М msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши ID " -"послідовність." +"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " +"послідовність ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -159,7 +224,7 @@ msgid "" "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби " -"він працював відразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." +"він працював одразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" @@ -357,19 +422,13 @@ msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування д #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -"Odoo може автоматично визначити, якщо стовпчик є датою, і він намагатиметься" -" вгадати формат дати з набору найбільш часто використовуваного формату дати." -" Хоча цей процес може працювати для багатьох простих форматів дати, деякі " -"екзотичні формати дат не будуть розпізнані, і це також може стати плутаниною" -" (наприклад, день і місяць навпаки), оскільки важко правильно вгадати, яка " -"частина є днем, а яка місяцем - \"01-03-2016\"." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1010,6 +1069,14 @@ msgstr "" "`Деактивувати користувачів <../../db_management/documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +msgid "Add link to How to add companies" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою" @@ -1114,12 +1181,23 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" "Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -1129,19 +1207,19 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " "додаток**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." msgstr "" -"Вам буде запропоновано вставити **Назву додатка** і **Опис**. Після цього " -"натисніть кнопку **Створити додаток**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -1149,21 +1227,28 @@ msgstr "" "Ви повинні бути перенаправлені на сторінку деталей додатку. Прокрутіть вниз," " щоб знайти ваш **ключ доступу**." +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Як створити ID додатка Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_." +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -"Спочатку слід створити та налаштувати додаток Unsplash за допомогою цієї " -"докуметації: `Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -1173,25 +1258,16 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " "додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -"Вас буде перенаправлено на сторінку деталей додатку. **ID додатку** буде " -"видимий в URL вашого браузера. URL буде схожа на " -"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -"Занотуйте, якщо ви `подасте заявку на виробничий облік " -"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ і він " -"отримає схвалення, ви також знайдете ID вашої програми в інтерфейсі " -"користувача. Він буде відображатися поруч із **Ключем доступу** на сторінці " -"деталей програми." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 5660c14fa..04bfa37a1 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ msgstr "" "співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " "контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " "самостійного навчання за допомогою `Документації Odoo " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ та " -"тестування функціональних можливостей." +"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `Платформи " +"електронного навчання <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-" +"functional>`__ та тестування функціональних можливостей." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 msgid "2. Project Scope" @@ -252,15 +252,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: " -"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " -"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" -" who will provide a response to the HOW." +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -"`Історія користувача <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-" -"story>`__: Ця методика чітко розмежовує обов'язки між контактною особою, " -"відповідальним за роз'яснення ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультанта, який надасть" -" відповідь на ЯК." +"**Історія користувача**: Це технічно розділяє обов'язки між SPoC, " +"відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть " +"відповідь на питання ЯК." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -268,7 +266,7 @@ msgid "" "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " +"`Доказ концепції <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " "Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " "лініями очікуваних змін." @@ -532,136 +530,12 @@ msgstr "8. Підтримка" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " -"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " -"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " -"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" -" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" +"Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про " +"ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " -"тощо...)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " -"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " -"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" -"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " -"системою" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " -"неправильне налаштування)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " -"нової версії" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Підтримка Odoo не змінює вашу виробничу базу даних, але дає вам матеріал та" -" знання, щоб це зробити самостійно!*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " -"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " -"вас на наші ресурси)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 -msgid "Importation of documents into your database" -msgstr "Імпорт документів у вашу базу даних" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " -"бази даних" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " -"умови оплати, склади тощо)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " -"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " -"або включеного коду)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" -" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " -"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " -"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index f454a15cf..63b465571 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -148,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " "documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." msgstr "" -"Остаточний варіант відправлення заявок - через з'єднання API. Перегляньте " +"Остання опція, щоби подати заявки - через з'єднання API. Перегляньте " "документацію `*тут* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" @@ -238,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Червоний - заблокована" +msgstr "Червоний - заблоковано" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" @@ -412,7 +415,7 @@ msgid "" "configuration :" msgstr "" "Нарешті, виберіть керування рахунками-фактурами, які ви хочете мати на " -"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налатування:" +"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налаштування:" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 0b10d5e1c..95ab98573 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -3,14 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Онлайн-чат" +msgstr "Живий чат" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" -msgstr "Живе спілкування з відвідувачами веб-сайту" +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "Спілкуйтеся з відвідувачами сайту в реальному часі" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -154,21 +158,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the " -"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, " -"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -"На практиці розмови, ініційовані відвідувачами, з'являться в модулі " -"Обговорення і з'являться також як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна " -"відповісти скрізь, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo." +"Розмова, ініційована відвідувачами, також з'вляється у модулі Обговорення " +"крім того, що з'являється як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна " +"відповісти, де б ви не були в Odoo." #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 msgid "" -"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch " -"sessions randomly between them." +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." msgstr "" -"Якщо є кілька операторів, що відповідають за канал, система розподілятиме " -"сеанс випадково між ними." +"Якщо є кілька операторів, які приєдналися до каналу, система буде " +"відправляти сесії відвідувачів випадковим чином між ними." #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 msgid "Use commands" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index 5c6776091..a5a7cec1c 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,116 +23,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Мобільний додаток" +msgstr "Мобільний" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging" -msgstr "Налаштуйте Firebase Cloud Messaging" +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-сповіщення" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API " -"key." +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." msgstr "" -"Щоби мати мобільні сповіщення в нашому додатку для Android, вам потрібен " -"ключ API." +"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 або новішої версії більше немає складної конфігурації, " +"щоб включити push-сповіщення в мобільному додатку." #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or " -"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android " -"app." +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" -"Якщо він не налаштований автоматично (наприклад, для On-premise або " -"Odoo.sh), виконайте наведені нижче дії, щоби отримати ключ API для додатка " -"Android." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12." -msgstr "Додаток iOS не підтримує мобільні сповіщення для версій Odoo 12." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22 -msgid "Firebase Settings" -msgstr "Параметри Firebase" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25 -msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "Створіть новий проект" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to " -"`https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку переконайтеся, що ви увійшли у свій обліковий запис Google. Потім " -"перейдіть на сторінку `https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ і створіть новий проект." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create " -"project**." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть назву проекту, натисніть кнопку **Продовжити**, потім натисніть " -"кнопку **Створити проект**." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37 -msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**." -msgstr "Коли проект буде готовий, натисніть **Продовжити**." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)." -msgstr "" -"Ви будете перенаправлені на сторінку проекту (дивіться наступний знімок " -"екрана)." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43 -msgid "Add an app" -msgstr "Додайте додаток" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45 -msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon." -msgstr "На перегляді сторінки натисніть значок Android." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will " -"not work." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні використовувати \"com.odoo.com\" як назву пакета Android. Інакше " -"це не спрацює." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56 -msgid "" -"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and " -"skip the fourth step." -msgstr "" -"Не потрібно завантажувати налаштований файл, можна двічі натиснути кнопку " -"**Далі** та пропустити четвертий крок." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60 -msgid "Get generated API key" -msgstr "Отримайте згенерований ключ API" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62 -msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:" -msgstr "На сторінці огляду перейдіть до налаштувань проекту:" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** " -"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" -"У **Cloud Messaging** ви побачите **ключ API** та **ID відправника**, які " -"потрібно встановити в Загальних налаштуваннях Odoo." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76 -msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging." -msgstr "Просто вставте ключ API та ID відправника з Cloud Messaging." +"Просто перейдіть у *Налаштування* > *Загальні налаштування* > *Хмарні " +"Сповіщення Odoo (OCN)* та переконайтеся, що **Push-сповіщення** позначені." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index fc1280f5c..f5fc9ec51 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -3,14 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,24 +28,17 @@ msgstr "Мій портал Odoo" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 msgid "" -"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your " -"Subscriptions." +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі порталу ви знайдете всі комунікації між вами та Odoo, " -"документи такі, як комерційні пропозиції, замовлення на продаж, рахунки-" -"фактури та ваші підписки." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 msgid "" -"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" +" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до цього розділу, вам потрібно ввести ім'я користувача " -"та пароль для `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Якщо ви вже " -"зареєстровані, просто натисніть своє ім'я у верхньому правому куті та " -"виберіть \"Мій акаунт\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -50,36 +47,24 @@ msgstr "Комерційні пропозиції" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." msgstr "" -"Тут ви знайдете всі комерційні пропозиції, надіслані вам від Odoo. " -"Наприклад, комерційна пропозиція може бути згенерована для вас після " -"додавання Додатку або Користувача до вашої бази даних або якщо ваш контракт " -"має бути поновлений." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that" -" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you " -"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful " -"information." +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." msgstr "" -"Колонка *Дійсний до* показується, поки комерційна пропозиція дійсна; після " -"цієї дати комерційна пропозиція буде \"Закінчено\". Натиснувши на комерційну" -" пропозицію, ви побачите всі деталі пропозиції, ціни та іншу корисну " -"інформацію." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the " +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете прийняти пропозицію, просто натисніть \"Прийняти та " -"сплатити\", і комерційна пропозиція буде підтверджена. Якщо ви не бажаєте її" -" приймати, або вам потрібно попросити про деякі зміни, натисніть кнопку " -"\"Запросити зміни відхилу\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" @@ -87,19 +72,15 @@ msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. " -"will be registered under this section." +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." msgstr "" -"Усі ваші купівлі в Odoo, такі як Допродаж, Теми, Додатки та ін. будуть " -"зареєстровані в цьому розділі." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products " +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на замовлення на продаж, ви можете переглянути деталі придбаних " -"товарів та опрацювати платіж." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" @@ -107,21 +88,16 @@ msgstr "Рахунки" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, " -"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate " -"you if the invoice has been paid." +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." msgstr "" -"Усі рахунки-фактури вашої підписки, або згенеровані замовленням на продаж, " -"відображатимуться у цьому розділі. Тег до суми витрат означатиме, чи було " -"виставлено рахунок-фактуру." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" -"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice or download a PDF version of the document." +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." msgstr "" -"Просто натисніть \"Рахунок-фактура\", якщо ви хочете побачити більше " -"інформації, оплатити рахунок-фактуру або завантажити PDF-версію документа." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" @@ -129,86 +105,64 @@ msgstr "Заявки" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find " -"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our " -"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" -"Коли ви подаєте заявку через `Підтримку Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ " -", буде створено заявку. Тут ви можете знайти всі відкриті вами заявку, " -"розмову між вами та нашими агентами, статус заявки та ідентифікатор (# Ref)." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "Підписки" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 msgid "" -"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first " +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до своєї підписки Odoo в цьому розділі. На першій " -"сторінці відображаються ваші підписки та їхній статус." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" -"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding" -" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing " -"information and the payment method." +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на підписку, ви отримаєте доступ до всіх деталей вашого плану: це" -" включає кількість придбаних додатків, платіжну інформацію та спосіб оплати." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" -"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." msgstr "" -"Щоби змінити спосіб оплати, натисніть \"Змінити спосіб оплати\" та введіть " -"нові дані про кредитну картку." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on " -"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on " -"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете видалити збережені кредитні картки, ви можете зробити це, " -"натиснувши кнопку \"Керування методами оплати\" внизу сторінки. Натисніть " -"\"Видалити\", щоби видалити спосіб оплати." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " "change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." +" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" +" no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" -"На дату наступного рахунка-фактури, якщо платіжна інформація відсутня або " -"якщо термін дії вашої кредитної картки закінчився, статус вашої підписки " -"буде змінено на \"Відновити\". Після цього ви матимете 7 днів, щоби надати " -"дійсний спосіб оплати. Після цієї затримки підписка буде закрита, і ви " -"більше не зможете отримати доступ до бази даних." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" msgstr "Пакети послуг" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " "provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" -"Завдяки пакету послуг/пакету послуг партнера вам призначено експерта для " -"надання унікальної персоналізованої допомоги, яка допоможе вам налаштувати " -"рішення та оптимізувати робочі процеси як частину початкової реалізації. Ці " -"години ніколи не закінчуються, що дозволяє вам використовувати їх, коли вам " -"потрібна підтримка." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`"